TW200838917A - Resin composition and use thereof - Google Patents

Resin composition and use thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200838917A
TW200838917A TW96146307A TW96146307A TW200838917A TW 200838917 A TW200838917 A TW 200838917A TW 96146307 A TW96146307 A TW 96146307A TW 96146307 A TW96146307 A TW 96146307A TW 200838917 A TW200838917 A TW 200838917A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
film
atom
resin composition
polymer
Prior art date
Application number
TW96146307A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Naoyuki Kawashima
Yasuaki Mutsuga
Soichi Yoshida
Hiraku Shibata
Yuichi Ueda
Ichiro Kajiwara
Takeshi Matsumura
Michitaka Kaizu
Motoki Okaniwa
Original Assignee
Jsr Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2007079670A external-priority patent/JP2008163287A/en
Application filed by Jsr Corp filed Critical Jsr Corp
Publication of TW200838917A publication Critical patent/TW200838917A/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed is a resin composition which is composed of a styrene copolymer and a norbornene polymer, while having excellent compatibility and being free from phase separation. This resin composition can be easily formed into a film. Also disclosed are an optical film mainly composed of this resin composition and having excellent transparency, such an optical film further having reverse wavelength dispersion, and uses of such an optical film. Specifically disclosed is a resin composition characterized by containing a styrene copolymer (A) having a structural unit (1) represented by the formula (1) below and a structural unit (2) represented by the formula (2) below, and a norbornene polymer (B).

Description

200838917 九、發明說明 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於含有苯乙烯系共聚合物與降冰片烯系聚 合物之樹脂組成物及其用途。更詳細爲本發明係關於含有 苯乙烯系共聚合物與降冰片烯系聚合物,其爲透明性優良 ,適用於光學薄膜等製造之樹脂組成物,由該樹脂組成物 所得之成形體及光學薄膜、以及使用該光學薄膜之延伸薄 膜、偏光板及液晶顯示裝置。 【先前技術】 作爲過去光學薄膜所使用之聚碳酸酯、聚酯等薄膜, 因光彈性係數較大,故藉由微小應力變化等於透過光上表 現相位差而有著相位差變化之問題。又,三乙酸纖維素等 薄膜中有著耐熱性較低而吸水變形等問題。 熱可塑性降冰片烯系樹脂(環狀烯烴系樹脂)爲玻璃 轉移溫度、光線透過率較高,且折射率之各向異性較小, 故與過去的光學薄膜相比具有顯示低複折射性等特長,作 爲耐熱性、透明性、光學特性優良的透明熱可塑性樹脂而 受到注意。而利用如此特徵,例如於光碟、光學鏡片、光 纖維、透明塑質基盤、低介電材料等電子•光學材料、光 半導體封止等封止材料等領域時,可應用環狀烯烴系樹脂 而被檢討。 上述環狀烯烴系樹脂之特性即使作爲光學薄膜用之樹 脂’其爲可改善則述過去樹脂之問題點者,因此,環狀嫌 -5- 200838917 烴系樹脂所成之薄膜作爲光學用的各種薄膜使用的技術已 被提出。 例如,專利文獻1、2中記載使用環狀烯烴系樹脂之 薄膜的相位差板。又,專利文獻3〜5中記載將環狀烯烴 系樹脂的薄膜使用於偏光板之保護薄膜。且專利文獻6中 記載環狀烯烴系樹脂之薄膜所成之液晶顯示元件用基板。 一般相位差薄膜爲,經延伸配向所得之透過光上賦予 相位差(複折射)之功能因具有隨著透過光之波長成爲長 波長,透過光之相位差(複折射)的絶對値會變小之特性 (正波長分散性),故所有可見光區域(400〜800 nm ) 中,例如非常難將1/4波長等特定相位差賦予透過光。實 際上相位差於廣範圍之波長區域(400〜800 nm),作爲 1 /4波長之功能於反射型或半透過型液晶顯示器或光碟用 讀寫等爲必要。又,液晶投影機中,1 /2λ之相位差爲必要 ,於過去環狀烯烴系樹脂所成之光學薄膜中,非常難使薄 膜進行層合化。薄膜之層合化中,不僅使薄膜的貼合、切 出、黏著等步驟複雜化,所得之光學薄膜厚度亦難以減低 〇 欲解決該課題,隨著波長成爲長波長,透過光之相位 差絶對値亦變大之特性,即顯示逆波長分散性之光學薄膜 係爲必要。作爲顯示該逆波長分散性之光學薄膜,專利文 獻7及專利文獻8中,提出特定纖維素乙酸酯系樹脂所成 之相位差薄膜、聚碳酸酯系樹脂或苯乙烯系樹脂之摻合的 方案。然而’纖維素系樹脂所成薄膜中,吸水所引起的特 -6 - 200838917 性變化或耐熱性等點有著問題,聚碳酸酯系中,玻璃轉移 溫度較高,高溫下的延伸加工成爲必要,且薄膜之光彈性 係數因變大而產生應力所造成的光學變形。[Technical Field] The present invention relates to a resin composition containing a styrene-based copolymer and a norbornene-based polymer and use thereof. More specifically, the present invention relates to a styrene-based copolymer and a norbornene-based polymer which are excellent in transparency and are suitable for use in a resin composition produced by an optical film or the like, and a molded body and an optical body obtained from the resin composition. A film, an stretch film using the optical film, a polarizing plate, and a liquid crystal display device. [Prior Art] As a film such as polycarbonate or polyester used in the conventional optical film, since the photoelastic coefficient is large, the change in the micro stress is equal to the change in the phase difference due to the phase difference on the transmitted light. Further, a film such as cellulose triacetate has problems such as low heat resistance and water absorption deformation. The thermoplastic norbornene-based resin (cyclic olefin-based resin) has a high glass transition temperature and a high light transmittance, and has a small anisotropy of refractive index, so that it exhibits low birefringence and the like compared with the conventional optical film. Special features have been noted as transparent thermoplastic resins excellent in heat resistance, transparency, and optical properties. By using such a feature, for example, in the fields of optical discs, optical lenses, optical fibers, transparent plastic substrates, electronic materials such as low dielectric materials, and sealing materials such as optical semiconductor sealing, cyclic olefin resins can be used. Being reviewed. The resin of the above-mentioned cyclic olefin-based resin is a resin for an optical film, and it is a problem that the resin is improved in the past. Therefore, a film made of a hydrocarbon resin of the ring-like type-5-200838917 is used for various optical purposes. The technology used for the film has been proposed. For example, Patent Literatures 1 and 2 describe a phase difference plate using a film of a cyclic olefin resin. Further, in Patent Documents 3 to 5, a film of a cyclic olefin resin is used for a protective film of a polarizing plate. Further, Patent Document 6 describes a substrate for a liquid crystal display element formed of a film of a cyclic olefin resin. Generally, the retardation film has a function of imparting a phase difference (sub-refraction) to the transmitted light obtained by the extension alignment, and has a long wavelength which becomes a long wavelength with the wavelength of the transmitted light, and the absolute enthalpy of the phase difference (sub-refraction) of the transmitted light becomes small. Since the characteristics (positive wavelength dispersion) are in the visible light region (400 to 800 nm), it is extremely difficult to impart a specific phase difference such as a quarter wavelength to the transmitted light. In fact, the phase difference is in a wide range of wavelengths (400 to 800 nm), and it is necessary to function as a 1/4 wavelength for a reflective or transflective liquid crystal display or a disc for reading and writing. Further, in the liquid crystal projector, a phase difference of 1 / 2λ is necessary, and in the optical film formed by the conventional cyclic olefin resin, it is extremely difficult to laminate the film. In the lamination of the film, not only the steps of laminating, cutting, and adhering the film are complicated, but the thickness of the obtained optical film is also difficult to reduce, and the problem is solved. As the wavelength becomes a long wavelength, the phase difference of the transmitted light is absolutely The characteristic that 値 is also enlarged, that is, an optical film exhibiting reverse wavelength dispersion is necessary. In the optical film which exhibits the reverse wavelength dispersibility, Patent Document 7 and Patent Document 8 propose a blend of a retardation film made of a specific cellulose acetate-based resin, a polycarbonate resin, or a styrene resin. Program. However, in the film formed by the cellulose resin, there is a problem in the change of the properties of the -6 - 200838917 or the heat resistance caused by the water absorption. In the polycarbonate system, the glass transition temperature is high, and the elongation processing at a high temperature becomes necessary. Moreover, the photoelastic coefficient of the film is optically deformed due to the stress.

又,苯乙烯系樹脂與環狀環烯烴系樹脂之摻合組成物 中,薄膜化時製膜性良好的二氯甲烷等揮發性較高之溶劑 ’幾乎所有情況下皆產生相分離而無法使用,而必須選擇 特定之溶劑。因此,有著溶劑之乾燥時間較長,極端地降 低生產性,難以得到透明度較高的薄膜之問題。 因此,強烈期待可抑制相分離且容易得到透明之光學 薄膜的樹脂組成物、及該樹脂組成物作爲主成分時顯示逆 波長分散性,透明性較高的光學薄膜之出現。 [專利文獻1] 特開平5-2108號公報 [專利文獻2] 特開平5-64865號公報 [專利文獻3] 特開平5-2 1 2828號公報 [專利文獻4] 特開平6-51 1 17號公報 [專利文獻5] [專利文獻6] [專利文獻7] [專利文獻8] 特開平7-77608號公報 特開平5-61 026號公報 特開2000-1 37 1 1 6號公報 特開2001 -337222號公報 【發明內容】 發明所要解決之課題 本發明係以提供苯乙烯系共聚合物與降冰片烯系聚合 物所成組成物,其爲具有優良相溶性而不產生相分離,透 200838917 明性優良且容易薄膜化之樹脂組成物作爲課題。又,本發 明係以提供將該樹脂組成物作爲主成分之透明性優良的學 薄膜’且顯示逆波長分散性之光學薄膜、以及其用途作爲 課題。 解決課題之手段 本發明者有鑑於上述實情進行詳細檢討結果,發現藉 由含有具有特定量的特定結構單位之苯乙烯系共聚合物、 與降冰片烯系聚合物之樹脂組成物、將該樹脂組成物作爲 主成分之光學薄膜及其製造方法、以及其用途可解決上述 課題。 即’本發明係關於以下[1]〜[16]之發明。 [1]含有(A)具有下述式(1)所示結構單位(1)及 下述式(2 )所示結構單位(2 ),該結構單位(2 )之含 有率爲全結構單位100 mol%中0,1〜50 mol%之苯乙烯系 共聚合物、與 (B )降冰片烯系聚合物爲特徵之樹脂組成物;In addition, in a blended composition of a styrene resin and a cyclic cycloolefin resin, a solvent having a high volatility such as methylene chloride having a good film forming property at the time of film formation is phase-separated and cannot be used in almost all cases. And you must choose a specific solvent. Therefore, the drying time with a solvent is long, the productivity is extremely lowered, and it is difficult to obtain a film having a high transparency. Therefore, a resin composition capable of suppressing phase separation and easily obtaining a transparent optical film, and an optical film exhibiting reverse wavelength dispersibility and having high transparency when the resin composition is used as a main component are strongly expected. [Patent Document 1] Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei No. Hei 5- No. Hei. No. Hei. [Patent Document 5] [Patent Document 6] [Patent Document 7] [Patent Document 8] JP-A-H07-77608, JP-A-H05-61-02 SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION PROBLEMS TO BE SOLVED BY THE INVENTION The present invention provides a composition of a styrene-based copolymer and a norbornene-based polymer, which has excellent compatibility without phase separation. 200838917 A resin composition which is excellent in visibility and easy to be thinned is a problem. In addition, the present invention is an optical film which exhibits excellent transparency of the resin composition as a main component and which exhibits reverse wavelength dispersion, and its use. Means for Solving the Problems The inventors of the present invention have found a styrene-based copolymer having a specific structural unit and a resin composition of a norbornene-based polymer by a detailed review of the above-mentioned facts. The optical film having a composition as a main component, a method for producing the same, and the use thereof can solve the above problems. That is, the present invention relates to the inventions of the following [1] to [16]. [1] Containing (A) a structural unit (1) represented by the following formula (1) and a structural unit (2) represented by the following formula (2), and the content of the structural unit (2) is a total structural unit of 100 a resin composition characterized by 0, 1 to 50 mol% of a styrene-based copolymer and a (B) norbornene-based polymer;

RR

OH (2) (式(1)及式(2)中,R表示氫原子或甲基。式(2) -8- 200838917 中,R0表示氫原子;鹵素原子;可具有含有氧原子、硫 原子、氮原子、或矽原子之連結基的取代或非取代之碳數 1〜3 0的烴基;或極性基。)。 [2] 以前述苯乙烯系共聚合物(A)由凝膠滲透層析儀 (GPC )所測定之重量平均分子量 Mw爲 3 0,000〜 1,000,000者爲特徵之[1]所記載之樹脂組成物。 [3] 以前述苯乙烯系共聚合物(A )使用色測計所測定 之10重量%甲苯溶液的黃色度(YI)爲5.0以下者爲特徵 之[1 ]所記載之樹脂組成物。 [4] 前述苯乙烯系共聚合物(A )係由含有苯乙烯及/ 或α -甲基苯乙燃、與下述式(4)所示單體(4)經聚合 反應後,將來自單體(4 )之結構單位中的-〇反14基轉變 爲-ΟΗ基之步驟的方法而得者爲特徵之[1]所記載之樹脂 組成物;OH (2) (In the formula (1) and the formula (2), R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. In the formula (2)-8-200838917, R0 represents a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; may have an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms; or a polar group; or a nitrogen atom or a linking group of a ruthenium atom. [2] The resin composition described in [1], characterized in that the styrene-based copolymer (A) has a weight average molecular weight Mw of from 3, 000 to 1,000,000 as measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) Things. [3] The resin composition described in [1], characterized in that the yellowness (YI) of the 10% by weight toluene solution measured by the colorimeter is 5.0 or less, using the styrene-based copolymer (A). [4] The styrene-based copolymer (A) is obtained by polymerizing a monomer (4) represented by the following formula (4) by containing styrene and/or α-methyl benzene flammate; a resin composition according to the method of [1], which is characterized by the step of converting a fluorene group to a fluorenyl group in the structural unit of the monomer (4);

(式(4)中,R表示氫原子或甲基’ RG表示氫原子;鹵 素原子;可具有含有氧原子、硫原子、氮原子、或矽原子 之連結基的取代或非取代之碳數1〜30的烴基;或極性基 -9 - 200838917 。R14表示乙醯基、t-丁基、t-丁氧基羰基、-CH^OR1 、或- SiR153所币基中任一*。R15及R16各獨AL表不碳 〜6的烷基,R15與R16、或R15彼此可互相結合而形 數2〜12之雑環。)。 [5] 前述苯乙儲系共聚合物(A)係由含有前述來 體(4)之結構單位中之-OR14基轉變爲-OH基之步驟 的存在下進行後,添加鹼性物質與系統內的酸進行反 步驟的方法而得者爲特徵之[4]所記載之樹脂組成物。 [6] 前述降冰片烯系聚合物(B)爲具有由下述ϊ )所示單體(6)所衍生的結構單位之(共)聚合物 徵之Π]所記載之樹脂組成物; [化3] ^(R16) 數1 成碳 自單 於酸 應之 C ( 6 爲特(In the formula (4), R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. 'RG represents a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number which may have a linking group containing an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom or a halogen atom a hydrocarbyl group of ~30; or a polar group of 9 to 200838917. R14 represents any of ethyl acetate, t-butyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, -CH^OR1, or -SiR153. R15 and R16 Each individual AL is not a carbon to 6 alkyl group, R15 and R16, or R15 can be bonded to each other to form a ring of 2 to 12 rings. [5] The phenylethylation-based copolymer (A) is added in the presence of a step of converting the -OR14 group to the -OH group in the structural unit of the above-mentioned entangled body (4), and adding a basic substance and system The resin composition described in [4] is obtained by the method in which the internal acid is subjected to the reverse step. [6] The norbornene-based polymer (B) is a resin composition described in (a) polymer having a structural unit derived from the monomer (6) represented by the following oxime); 3] ^(R16) number 1 into carbon from the acid should be C (6 is special

(式(6)中,a及b爲獨立表示0或l,c及d爲獨 示 0〜2 之整數。R4 、 、 R6 、 R7 、 R8 、 R9 、 Rl〇 、】 R12、及R13各獨立表示氫原子;鹵素原子;可具有 立表 L11、 含有 -10- 200838917 氧原子、硫原子、氮原子、或矽原子之連結基的取代或非 取代之碳數1〜30的烴基;或極性基。RU與Rll、或Rl2 與R13成一體化而可形成2價烴基,R1g或1^11與R12或 R13爲互相結合形成碳環或雜環(這些碳環或雜環亦可爲 單環結構、或其他環亦可經縮合後形成多環結構。)。) 〇 [7]前述降冰片烯系聚合物(B)爲具有下述式(i) 所示結構單位之(共)聚合物爲特徵之[1 ]所記載之樹脂 組成物。 [化4](In the formula (6), a and b are independently represented by 0 or 1, and c and d are integers of 0 to 2. The respective R4, R6, R7, R8, R9, R1, R12, and R13 are independent. a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 30 which may have a pendant group L11, a linking group containing an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom or a germanium atom of -10-200838917; or a polar group; RU and R11, or Rl2 and R13 are integrated to form a divalent hydrocarbon group, and R1g or 1^11 and R12 or R13 are bonded to each other to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring (these carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings may also have a single ring structure). Or the other ring may be condensed to form a polycyclic structure.) 〇 [7] The above norbornene-based polymer (B) is a (co)polymer having a structural unit represented by the following formula (i) The resin composition described in [1]. [Chemical 4]

(1) (式(i)中,A1〜A4各獨立表示氫原子;鹵素原子;可 具有含有氧原子、硫原子、氮原子或矽原子之連結基的取 代或非取代之碳原子數1〜30的烴基;或極性基,A1〜A4 的至少1個爲_(CH2)nCOOA5所示基(A5爲可具有包含氧 原子、硫原子、氮原子或矽原子之連結基的取代或非取代 之碳數1〜3 0的烴基),η爲0或1〜5之整數。) [8]前述降冰片烯系聚合物(Β)爲’降冰片嫌系聚合 物(Β)之全結構單位1〇〇 m〇i%中,具有1〇〜70 mol%的 前述式(i )所示結構單位爲特徵之[7]所記載之樹脂組成 -11 - 200838917 物。 [9]前述苯乙烯系共聚合物(A)與前述降冰片烯系聚 合物(B )之組成比((A ) / ( B ))以重量比而言爲 5/95〜70/30之範圍爲特徵之[1]所記載之樹脂組成物。 [1〇][1]所記載之樹脂組成物作爲主成分爲特徵之成形 體。 [1 1]藉由熔融壓出成形所得者爲特徵之Π〇]所記載之 成形體。 [1 2] [ 1 ]所記載之樹脂組成物作爲主成分爲特徵之光學 薄膜。 [13] 藉由澆鑄法製膜所得者爲特徵之[12]所記載之光 學薄膜。 [14] 藉由壓出法製膜所得者爲特徵之[12]所記載之光 學薄膜。 [15] 將[12]所記載之光學薄膜經加熱延伸後所得之延 伸薄膜。 [16] 含有[12]所記載之光學薄膜的偏光板。 [17] 含有[12]所記載之光學薄膜的液晶顯示裝置° 發明的效果 本發明提供一種即使使用薄膜成形時所使用的二氯@ 烷等溶劑,亦可抑制相分離,適用於光學薄膜用途上’可 容易製造出具有逆波長分散性與優良透明性之光學薄膜的 樹脂組成物。 -12- 200838917 又,本發明爲提供一種藉由控制含於樹脂組成物之苯 乙烯系共聚合物的各結構單位含有率,即使於加熱時亦可 顯示良好相溶性,且高溫下亦可保持透明性,薄膜成形性 優良的樹脂組成物。 * 且本發明爲藉由控制苯乙烯系共聚合物、與降冰片烯 „ 系聚合物之組成比,可提供顯示低複折射性之樹脂組成物 〇 • 又,由本發明的樹脂組成物所得之光學薄膜可作爲使 用延伸薄膜、該延伸薄膜之偏光板、液晶顯示裝置、光學 零件。 [實施發明的最佳形態] 有關本發明之樹脂組成物係爲含有苯乙烯系共聚合物 (A )、與降冰片烯系聚合物(B )。以下,對比等做說 明。 Φ 且,本明細書中(共)聚合物表示聚合物或共聚合物 <苯乙烯系共聚合物(A) > 有關本發明之樹脂組成物所含有之苯乙_系共聚合物 (A)爲具有下述式(1)所示結構單位(1)及下述式( 2)所示結構單位(2 )。 -13- 200838917 [化5](1) (In the formula (i), A1 to A4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; a substituted or unsubstituted carbon atom having a linking group containing an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom or a ruthenium atom; a hydrocarbon group of 30; or a polar group, at least one of A1 to A4 is a group represented by _(CH2)nCOOA5 (A5 is a substituted or unsubstituted group which may have a linking group containing an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom or a ruthenium atom. a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 30, and η is an integer of 0 or 1 to 5. [8] The above norbornene-based polymer (Β) is a full structural unit of 'norborning scented polymer (Β) 1 In the 〇〇m〇i%, the resin composition -11 - 200838917 described in [7] characterized by having a structural unit represented by the above formula (i) in an amount of from 1 to 70 mol%. [9] The composition ratio ((A) / (B)) of the styrene-based copolymer (A) to the norbornene-based polymer (B) is 5/95 to 70/30 by weight. The resin composition described in [1] is characterized by the range. The resin composition described in [1] and [1] is a molded article characterized by a main component. [1 1] A molded article described by the method of melt extrusion molding. [1 2] The optical composition characterized by the resin composition described in [1] as a main component. [13] An optical film described in [12], which is obtained by a casting method. [14] An optical film described in [12], which is obtained by extrusion molding. [15] The stretched film obtained by heating and stretching the optical film described in [12]. [16] A polarizing plate comprising the optical film of [12]. [17] A liquid crystal display device comprising the optical film according to [12]. Effect of the Invention The present invention provides a film which can suppress phase separation even when a solvent such as dichloro@ane used in film formation is used, and is suitable for use in an optical film. The resin composition of the optical film having reverse wavelength dispersion and excellent transparency can be easily produced. Further, the present invention provides a composition ratio of each structural unit of a styrene-based copolymer contained in a resin composition, which exhibits good compatibility even when heated, and can be maintained at a high temperature. A resin composition having excellent transparency and film formability. * The present invention provides a resin composition exhibiting low birefringence by controlling the composition ratio of a styrene-based copolymer and a norbornene polymer, and is also obtained from the resin composition of the present invention. The optical film can be used as a polarizing plate, a liquid crystal display device, or an optical component using the stretched film, the stretched film. [Best Mode for Carrying Out the Invention] The resin composition of the present invention contains a styrene-based copolymer (A), And norbornene-based polymer (B). Hereinafter, comparison, etc. Φ Also, the (co)polymer in the present specification means a polymer or a copolymer <styrene-based copolymer (A) > The styrene-based copolymer (A) contained in the resin composition of the present invention has a structural unit (1) represented by the following formula (1) and a structural unit (2) represented by the following formula (2). -13- 200838917 [Chemical 5]

式(1)及式(2)中,R表示氫原子或甲基。式(2 )中,R°表示氫原子·· τ,鹵素原子,可具有含有氧原子、 硫原子 '氮原子、或矽原子之連結基的取代或非取代之碳 數1〜30的烴基;或極性基。 結構單位(2)的含有率於全結構單位1〇() m〇1%中, 一般爲〇·1〜50 mol%,較佳爲ο·〗〜40 mol%,更佳爲1〜 2 0 mol%。上述數値範圍内時,存在對有關本發明的樹脂 組.成物所含有苯乙烯系共聚合物(A )、與降冰片烯系聚 合物(B )之雙方顯示良好溶解性之溶劑時,即使於高溫 下亦不會產生相分離且可保持透明性故較佳。 且,苯乙烯系共聚合物(A)可具有下述式(3)所 示結構單位(3 )。In the formulae (1) and (2), R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. In the formula (2), R° represents a hydrogen atom··τ, and a halogen atom may have a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms containing an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom 'nitrogen atom, or a linking group of a halogen atom; Or polar base. The content of the structural unit (2) is 1 〇 () m 〇 1% of the total structural unit, generally 〇 1 to 50 mol%, preferably ο· 〜 40 mol%, more preferably 1 to 2 0 Mol%. When the resin composition of the present invention contains a solvent having good solubility in both the styrene-based copolymer (A) and the norbornene-based polymer (B) in the resin composition of the present invention, It is preferred that phase separation does not occur even at high temperatures and transparency can be maintained. Further, the styrene-based copolymer (A) may have a structural unit (3) represented by the following formula (3).

-14- …(3) 200838917 式(3)中’R1〜R3爲各獨立表示氫原子;鹵素原子 ;可具有含有氧原子、硫原子、氮原子或矽原子之連結基 的取代或非取代之碳原子數1〜3 0的烴基;或極性基。又 ’ R1與R2爲互相結合可形成碳環或雜環(這些碳環或雜 環可爲單環結構、或亦可其他環經縮合形成多環結構。) 〇 前述式(1)〜(3)中,作爲鹵素原子可舉出氟原子 、鹽素原子及溴原子。 作爲碳原子數1〜30的烴基,例如可舉出甲基、乙基 、丙基等烷基;環戊基、環己基等環烷基;乙烯基、烯丙 基、丙烯基等烯基等。 又,上述取代或非取代的烴基可直接結合於環結構、 或介著連結基(linkage )結合。作爲連結基,例如可舉出 碳原子數1〜10之2價烴基(例如,-(CH2)m-(式中,m 爲1〜10之整數)所示伸烷基);含有氧、氮、硫或矽之 連結基(例如,羰基(-CO-)、氧代羰基(-O(CO)-)、 羰氧基(-COO -)、礪基(-S02·)、醚鍵結(-〇 -)、硫 醚鍵結(-S-)、亞胺基(-NH-)、醯胺鍵結(-NHCO-、 -CONH-)、矽氧烷鍵結(-OSi(R)-(式中,R爲甲基、乙 基等烷基))等,亦可爲含有複數之彼等的連結基。 作爲極性基,例如可舉出羥基、碳原子數1〜1 0的烷 氧基、羰氧基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、氰基、醯胺基 、亞胺基、三有機矽氧烷基、三有機甲矽烷基、胺基、醯 基、烷氧基甲矽烷基、磺醯基、及羧基等。作爲更具體的 -15- 200838917 上述院氧基,例如可舉出甲氧基、乙氧基等;作爲羰氧基 ’例如可舉出乙酸基、丙酸基等烷基羰氧基、及苯甲酸基 等芳基鑛氧基;作爲烷氧基羰基,例如可舉出甲氧基羰基 、乙氧基鑛基等;作爲芳氧基羰基,例如可舉出苯氧基羰 基、萘基氧代羰基、芴基氧代羰基、聯苯基氧代羰基等; 作爲二有機矽氧烷基,例如可舉出三甲基甲矽烷氧基、三 乙基甲矽烷氧基等;作爲三有機甲矽烷基,例如可舉出三 甲基甲矽烷基、三乙基甲矽烷基等;作爲胺基,可舉出第 1級胺基;作爲烷氧基甲矽烷基,例如可舉出三甲氧基甲 矽烷基、三乙氧基甲矽烷基等。 作爲衍生式(3 )所示結構單位之單體的具體例,可 舉出(甲基)丙烯醯胺、(甲基)丙烯酸及其衍生物、馬 來酸酐、馬來酸酐縮亞胺類、馬來酸及其衍生物、富馬酸 及其衍生物、P-甲氧基苯乙烯等。又,後述之脫保護反應 下無轉變而部分地殘存來自式(4 )所示苯乙烯衍生物的 結構單位的情況等、及式(4 )所示苯乙烯系單體等亦包 含於該單體中。結構單位(3)的含有率爲全結構單位 100 mol%中,一般爲20 mol%以下,較佳爲15 mol%以下 ,更佳爲1 0 m ο 1 %以下。 本發明所使用的苯乙烯系共聚合物(A )爲,3 0 °C的 氯苯溶液(濃度〇 · 5 g / d L )中所測定之對數黏度(η )爲 0.1〜3.0 dL/g時爲佳。又,由凝膠滲透層析儀(GPC ) 所測定之聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量Mw —般爲 30,000 〜1,〇〇〇,〇〇〇,較佳爲 40,000 〜80 0,000,更佳爲 -16- 200838917 50,000〜500,000。分子量若過小,所得之薄膜等成形品 的強度會降低。分子量若過大時,溶液黏度會過高而使本 發明所使用的樹脂組成物之生產性或加工性惡化。 且,苯乙烯系共聚合物(A)之分子量分佈(Mw/Mn ),一般爲1·〇〜10,較佳爲I·2〜5.0,更佳爲1·2〜4.0 〇 又,作爲苯乙烯系共聚合物(Α),以黃變等著色較 少,透明性優良者爲佳。具體爲使用色測計進行測定之 10重量%甲苯溶液的黃色度(ΥΙ),一般較佳爲50以下 ,更佳爲4.0以下,特佳爲0.05〜3.0之範圍。且黃色度 一般爲0.2之無色。 [苯乙烯系共聚合物(Α)之製造方法;| 本發明中所使用的苯乙烯系共聚合物(Α)可由苯乙 嫌及/或α -甲基苯乙烯與下述式(4)所示單體(4)之 R14以氫原子取代的乙烯酚類直接進行共聚合而得,或亦 可藉由含有苯乙烯及/或α-甲基苯乙烯、與下述式(4)所 示單體(4 ),視必要與下述式(5 )所示單體於適當聚合 啓始劑的存在下進行聚合反應後,將來自單體(4 )之結 構單位中的- OR14基轉變爲-ΟΗ基之步驟的方法而製造。 作爲聚合啓始劑,使用自由基聚合啓始劑、陰離子聚合觸 媒、配位聚合觸媒、陽離子聚合觸媒等爲佳,使用自由基 聚合啓始劑爲特佳。 -17- 200838917-14- (3) 200838917 In the formula (3), 'R1 to R3 are each independently represent a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; a substituted or unsubstituted group which may have a linking group containing an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom or a halogen atom; a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms; or a polar group. Further, R1 and R2 are bonded to each other to form a carbocyclic ring or a heterocyclic ring (these carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings may have a single ring structure, or other rings may be condensed to form a polycyclic structure.) 〇 The above formula (1) to (3) In the case of a halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a salt atom, and a bromine atom are mentioned. Examples of the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms include an alkyl group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group or a propyl group; a cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group; and an alkenyl group such as a vinyl group, an allyl group or a propenyl group; . Further, the above substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon group may be bonded directly to the ring structure or via a linkage. Examples of the linking group include a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, -(CH2)m- (wherein, m is an integer represented by an integer of 1 to 10); and oxygen and nitrogen are contained. a linking group of sulfur or hydrazine (for example, a carbonyl group (-CO-), an oxocarbonyl group (-O(CO)-), a carbonyloxy group (-COO-), a fluorenyl group (-S02.), an ether bond ( -〇-), thioether linkage (-S-), imine (-NH-), guanamine linkage (-NHCO-, -CONH-), oxime linkage (-OSi(R)- (In the formula, R is an alkyl group such as a methyl group or an ethyl group), and the like may be a linking group containing a plurality of the same. Examples of the polar group include a hydroxyl group and an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Base, carbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, cyano, decylamino, imido, triorganosiloxyalkyl, triorganomylalkyl, amine, decyl, alkoxy Further, a decyl group, a sulfonyl group, a carboxyl group, etc., more specifically -15-200838917, for example, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, etc., and a carbonyloxy group An alkyl carbonyloxy group such as an acid group, and an aryl mineral oxy group such as a benzoic acid group; Examples of the group include a methoxycarbonyl group and an ethoxylated group; and examples of the aryloxycarbonyl group include a phenoxycarbonyl group, a naphthyloxycarbonyl group, a decyloxycarbonyl group, and a biphenyloxy group. Examples of the diorganophosphonyloxy group include a trimethylmethaneoxy group and a triethylmethane alkoxy group; and the triorganosylalkyl group includes, for example, a trimethylmethane group. Examples of the amine group include a first-stage amine group; and examples of the alkoxymethyl group-alkyl group include a trimethoxycarbenyl group and a triethoxycarbenyl group. Specific examples of the monomer derived from the structural unit represented by the formula (3) include (meth)acrylamide, (meth)acrylic acid and derivatives thereof, maleic anhydride, maleic anhydride, and horses. Acid and its derivatives, fumaric acid and its derivatives, P-methoxystyrene, etc. Further, there is no conversion under the deprotection reaction described later, and a part of the styrene derivative represented by the formula (4) remains. The case of a structural unit, etc., and a styrene type monomer etc. represented by Formula (4) are also included in this monomer. The content of the unit (3) is 100 mol% of the total structural unit, and is generally 20 mol% or less, preferably 15 mol% or less, more preferably 10 m ο 1 % or less. The styrene system used in the present invention The copolymer (A) is preferably a logarithmic viscosity (η) measured in a chlorobenzene solution (concentration 〇·5 g / d L ) at 30 ° C of 0.1 to 3.0 dL/g. The polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight Mw measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) is generally 30,000 〜1, 〇〇〇, 〇〇〇, preferably 40,000 〜 80 0,000, more preferably -16 - 200838917 50,000~500,000. If the molecular weight is too small, the strength of a molded article such as a film obtained may be lowered. If the molecular weight is too large, the viscosity of the solution may be too high to deteriorate the productivity or processability of the resin composition used in the present invention. Further, the molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn) of the styrene-based copolymer (A) is usually from 1 to 10, preferably from about 1.2 to about 5.0, more preferably from 1,2 to 4.0, and further as benzene. The ethylene-based copolymer (Α) has less coloration such as yellowing and is excellent in transparency. Specifically, the yellowness (ΥΙ) of the 10% by weight toluene solution measured by using a colorimeter is generally preferably 50 or less, more preferably 4.0 or less, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 3.0. And the yellowness is generally 0.2 colorless. [Method for producing styrene-based copolymer (;); | The styrene-based copolymer (Α) used in the present invention may be benzene and/or α-methylstyrene and the following formula (4) The R14 of the monomer (4) shown is obtained by directly copolymerizing a vinylphenol substituted with a hydrogen atom, or by containing styrene and/or α-methylstyrene, and the following formula (4) The monomer (4) is converted to a -OR14 group derived from the structural unit of the monomer (4) after the polymerization of the monomer represented by the following formula (5) in the presence of a suitable polymerization initiator as necessary. Manufactured for the method of the step of thiol. As the polymerization initiator, a radical polymerization initiator, an anionic polymerization catalyst, a coordination polymerization catalyst, a cationic polymerization catalyst, or the like is preferably used, and a radical polymerization initiator is particularly preferred. -17- 200838917

φ 式(4)中,R及RG與式(2)同義。R14表示乙醯基 、t-丁基、t-丁氧基羰基、-CH(OR15)(R16)、或-SiR153 所 示基中任一。R15及R16各獨立表示碳數1〜6的烷基, R15與R16、或R15彼此可互相結合而形成碳數2〜12之雜 環。 作爲R及R0以氫原子爲佳。作爲R14,其中以乙醯 基、t -丁基爲佳。 又,前述苯乙烯及/或α-甲基苯乙烯中僅有苯乙烯爲 ⑩ 佳。 [化8] R3φ In the formula (4), R and RG are synonymous with the formula (2). R14 represents any of the groups shown by an ethyl group, a t-butyl group, a t-butoxycarbonyl group, -CH(OR15)(R16), or -SiR153. R15 and R16 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and R15 and R16 or R15 may be bonded to each other to form a heterocyclic ring having 2 to 12 carbon atoms. R and R0 are preferably a hydrogen atom. As R14, an ethylene group and a t-butyl group are preferred. Further, among the above styrene and/or α-methylstyrene, only styrene is preferred. [Chemical 8] R3

式(5 )中,R1〜R3與式(3 )中之R1〜R3同義。 且,有關本發明的苯乙烯系共聚合物(A )亦可藉由 苯乙烯及/或α-甲基苯乙烯、與下述式(4’)所示單體( -18- 200838917 4’),視必要與上述式(5 )所示單體經共聚合反應之步 驟而製造出。此時無須經由後述之轉變爲-OH基之反應步 驟而製造出本發明所使用的苯乙烯系共聚合物(A)。 [化9]In the formula (5), R1 to R3 are synonymous with R1 to R3 in the formula (3). Further, the styrene-based copolymer (A) according to the present invention may also be a monomer represented by the following formula (4') by styrene and/or α-methylstyrene (-18-200838917 4') And, if necessary, it is produced by the step of copolymerization of the monomer represented by the above formula (5). At this time, the styrene-based copolymer (A) used in the present invention is produced without a reaction step of converting to an -OH group described later. [Chemistry 9]

OH …(4,) (式(4’)中,R及RG如前述式(2)所定義者。) 如此各單體可適用由各單體所衍生的各結構單位之所 望含有率之相同比率。 &lt;聚合反應&gt; 作爲聚合反應中所使用的自由基啓始劑,可使用產生 自由基之公知有機過氧化物、或偶氮系的自由基聚合啓始 劑。且,多官能啓始劑或容易引起除氫反應之啓始劑恐怕 會造成所得之苯乙烯系共聚合物的線狀性降低故不佳。 作爲有機過氧化物,可舉出二乙醯基過氧化物、聯苯 酮過氧化物、二異丁醯基過氧化物、二(2,4-二氯苯甲醯 基)過氧化物、二(3,5,5-三甲基己醯基)過氧化物、二 辛醯基過氧化物、二月桂醯基過氧化物、二硬脂醯基過氧 化物、雙{ 4- ( m-甲苯醯基)苯甲醯基}過氧化物等二醯 -19- 200838917 基過氧化物類; 甲基乙基酮過氧化物、環己酮過氧化物、甲基環己酮 過氧化物、乙醯基丙酮過氧化物等酮過氧化物類; 過氧化氫、t-丁基氫過氧化物、α-異丙苯氫過氧化物 、Ρ-萜烷氫過氧化物、二異丙基苯氫過氧化物、1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基氫過氧化物、t-己基氫過氧化物等氫過氧化物 類; 二-t-丁基過氧化物、二枯烯基過氧化物、二月桂基過 氧化物、α,α’-雙(t-丁基過氧基)二異丙基苯、2,5·二甲 基-2,5-雙(t-丁基過氧基)己烷、t-丁基枯烯基過氧化物 、2,5·二甲基-2,5-雙(卜丁基過氧基)己炔-3等二烷基過 氧化物類; t-丁基過氧基乙酸酯、t-丁基過氧基新戊酸酯、t-己 基過氧基新戊酸酯、1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基過氧基2-乙基己 酸酯、2,5-二甲基-2,5-雙(2-乙基己醯基過氧基)己烷、 1- 環己基-1·甲基乙基過氧基2-乙基己酸酯、t-己基過氧基 2- 乙基己酸酯、t-丁基過氧基2-乙基己酸酯、t-丁基過氧 基異丁酸酯、t-丁基過氧基馬來酸酯、t-丁基過氧基 3,5,5-三甲基己酸酯、t-丁基過氧基月桂酸酯、2,5-二甲 基-2,5-雙(m -甲苯醯基過氧基)己烷、α,α’-雙(新癸醯 基過氧基)二異丙基苯、枯烯基過氧基新癸酸酯、 1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基過氧基新癸酸酯、1·環己基-卜甲基乙 基過氧基新癸酸酯、t-己基過氧基新癸酸酯、t-丁基過氧 基新十二酸酯、t-丁基過氧基苯甲酸酯、t·己基過氧基苯 -20- 200838917 甲酸酯、雙(t-丁基過氧基)異酞酸酯、2,5_二甲基-2,5-雙(苯甲醯基過氧基)己烷、t-丁基過氧基 m -甲苯酿基本 甲酸酯、3,3’,4,4’-四(t-丁基過氧代羰基)二苯甲酮等過 氧基酯類; 1,卜雙(t-己基過氧基)3,3,5-三甲基環己烷、Μ-雙 (t-己基過氧基)環己烷、u —雙(t_ 丁基過氧基)3,3,5-三甲基環己烷、1,1 -雙(t_ 丁基過氧基)環己烷、1,1 -雙 (t-丁基過氧基)環十二烷、2,2-雙(t-丁基過氧基)丁 烷、η-丁基4,4-雙(卜丁基過氧基)新戊酸酯、2,2-雙( 4,4 - 一 -丁基過氧基環己基)丙院等過氧基醒縮醇類, t -己基過氧基異丙基單碳酸酯、t -丁基過氧基異丙基 單碳酸酯、t-丁基過氧基2-乙基己基單碳酸酯、t-丁基過 氧基烯丙基單碳酸酯等過氧基單碳酸酯類; 二- sec-丁基過氧基二碳酸酯、二-n-丙基過氧基二碳 酸酯、二異丙基過氧基二碳酸酯、雙(4-t-丁基環己基) 過氧基二碳酸酯、二-2-乙氧基乙基過氧基二碳酸酯、二_ 2-乙基己基過氧基二碳酸酯、二-2-甲氧基丁基過氧基二 碳酸酯、二(3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁基)過氧基二碳酸酯等 過氧基二碳酸酯類; 其他可舉出t-丁基三甲基甲矽烷基過氧化物等,本發 明中所使用的有機過氧化物並未限定於這些例示化合物。 作爲偶氮系自由基聚合啓始劑,可舉出偶氮異丁腈、 偶氮異戊腈、2,2’·偶氮雙(4-甲氧基-2,4-二甲基戊腈)、 2,2’·偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)、2,2’-偶氮雙(2-甲基丁 -21 - 200838917 腈)、1,1,-偶氮雙(環己烷-卜腈)、2-(胺基甲醯基偶 氮)異丁腈、2,2,-偶氮雙[2-甲基-N- { 1,1-雙(羥基甲基 )-2-羥基乙基}丙醯胺]、2,2’-偶氮雙[2-甲基-N- { 2-( 1- 羥基丁基)}丙醯胺]、2,2,-偶氮雙[2-甲基-N- ( 2-羥基 乙基)-丙醯胺]、2,2,-偶氮雙[N- ( 2-丙烯基)-2-甲基丙 醯胺]、2,2,-偶氮雙(N-丁基-2-甲基丙醯胺)、2,2,-偶氮 雙(N-環己基-2-甲基丙醯胺)、2,2,-偶氮雙[2-(5-甲基_ 2- 咪唑啉-2-基)丙烷]二氫氯化物、2,2,-偶氮雙[2- ( 2-咪 哩啉-2-基)丙烷]二氫氯化物、2,2,_偶氮雙[2- ( 2-咪唑 啉-2-基)丙烷]二硫酸酯•二水化物、2,2,_偶氮雙[2-( 3,4,5,6-四氫嘧啶-2_基)丙烷]二氫氯化物、2,2’_偶氮雙 [2- { ( 2-羥基乙基)-2-咪唑啉-2-基}丙烷]二氫氯化物 、2,2、偶氮雙[2- ( 2-咪唑啉-2-基)丙烷]、2,2、偶氮雙( 2-甲基丙脒)二氫氯化物、2,2,-偶氮雙[N- (2-羧基乙基 )-2-甲基-丙脒]、2,2,_偶氮雙(2-甲基丙胺肟)、二甲基 2,2’-偶氮丁酸酯、4,4,-偶氮雙(4_氰基戊酸)、2,2,-偶 氮雙(2,4,4-三甲基戊烷)等,較佳的啓始劑爲1,1,-偶氮 雙(環B烷-1-腈)、2-(胺基甲醯基偶氮)異丁腈、 2,2’-偶氮雙(N-丁基-2_甲基丙醯胺),可得到重量平均 分子量爲85000以上之高分子量體的苯乙烯系共聚合物。 本發明中所使用的偶氮系自由基聚合啓始劑並未僅限定於 這些例示化合物。 作爲陽離子聚合啓始劑,可舉出鹽酸、硫酸、p-甲苯 磺酸、磷酸等布朗司台德酸、三氟化硼錯體、三氯化鋁、 -22- 200838917 乙基鋁二氯化物、四氯化鈦、鈦四異丙氧化物、氯化鎢等 路易氏酸。 作爲陰離子聚合啓始劑,可舉出丁基鋰、苯基鋰等有 機鋰類、鋰醯胺、鈉醯胺等金屬醯胺類、乙基鎂溴化物、 苯基鎂氯化物等格利雅試藥、甲氧化鈉、乙氧化鈉等金屬 烷氧化物等。 這些聚合啓始劑之使用量,前述單體全量100 mol% 中一般爲0·01〜5 mol%,較佳爲0·03〜3 mol%,更佳爲 0 · 0 5 〜2 m ο 1 %。 且,前述苯乙烯系單體之聚合反應中,可使用觸媒。 該觸媒並無特別限定,例如可舉出公知的陰離子聚合觸媒 、配位聚合觸媒、陽離子聚合觸媒等。 前述苯乙烯系單體之聚合反應於上述聚合啓始劑或觸 媒的存在下,將上述苯乙烯系單體以塊狀聚合法、溶液聚 合法、沈澱聚合法、乳化聚合法、懸濁聚合法或塊狀-懸 濁聚合法等過去公知之方法使其共聚合而進行。 作爲實施溶液聚合時所使用的溶劑,僅爲可溶解前述 單體及聚合物者即可並無特別限定,以環己烷等烴系溶劑 、甲苯等芳香族烴系溶劑爲佳。溶劑的使用量對於前述苯 乙烯系單體全量而言,以〇〜3倍(重量比)的量爲佳。 使用自由基聚合的情況時,欲得到具有所望分子量之聚合 物’視必要可添加連鎖移動劑。作爲連鎖移動劑並無特別 定’可使用過去公知之連鎖移動劑,更具體爲可舉出如 下述者。十二烷硫醇、氫硫基乙醇、氫硫基丙醇、氫硫基 -23- 200838917 乙酸、氫硫基丙酸等。這些連鎖移動劑可單獨下使用、或 混合複數種使用。 聚合反應時間一般爲1〜3 0小時,較佳爲3〜2 0小時 ,聚合反應溫度取決於所使用之自由基啓始劑的種類,故 並無特別限定,一般爲40〜180 °C,較佳爲50〜120 °C。 &lt;轉變成OH基之反應&gt; 本發明中所使用的苯乙烯系共聚合物(A)可藉由聚 合前述苯乙烯系單體後,再將來自單體(4 )之結構單位 的-OR14基轉變爲-OH基而得到。藉此,例如式(4 )所示 的苯乙烯系單體之R14經脫離後,形成苯乙烯系共聚合物 (A )所含有之式(2 )所示結構單位。 作爲上述轉變反應,可舉出於酸或鹼的存在下經醇解 或水解後轉變的方法、酸性條件下加熱後轉變之方法、僅 藉由加熱而轉變之方法、及使用氟化物離子進行轉變之方 法等,依前述Ο-R14基中的R14之結構所採用的較佳方法 雖不同,但酸之存在下可使來自單體(4)之結構單位中 的-OR14所示基轉變爲-OH基者爲佳,可採用酸的存在下 以醇解或水解之轉變方法、或酸性條件下經加熱後轉變的 方法。 前述-OR14基中的R14,例如與乙醯基(-COCH3 )、 卜丁氧基羰基(-COC^Bu)、甲矽烷基(SiR153 )、氧原子 結合形成聚甲醛基而得到烷氧基烷基(-CH(OR15)(R16)) 等情況,採用酸性條件下之水解或醇解之方法爲佳。 -24- 200838917 前述_〇rH基中的Rl4,例如爲乙醯基(-C〇CH3 )、 t-丁氧基羰基(-COC^Bu )等情況,採用鹼性條件下進行 水解或醇解之方法爲佳。 作爲可適用酸性條件下進行加熱而轉變的方法或僅藉 由加熱而轉變之方法的前述-Ο R1 4基中的R 1 4,例如可舉 出t-丁基(^Bu ) 、t-丁氧基羰基(-COC^Bu ),作爲適 用於使用氟化物離子進行轉變之方法的R14,可舉出甲矽 烷基(SiR153 )。 《水解及醇解》 作爲水解及醇解中所使用的酸,可舉出鹽酸、溴酸等 鹵化氫、蟻酸、草酸、乙酸、三氟乙酸等羧酸類、硫酸、 P-甲苯磺酸、苯磺酸、甲烷磺酸、三氟甲烷磺酸等磺酸類 、硝酸、或酚類等布朗司台德酸、磷鎢酸、磷鉬酸等雜多 酸、硫氧化鉻、沸石等固體酸、離子交換樹脂、高分子電 解質等高分子酸、及鹵化、烷基化、及/或經烷氧基化之 鋁、鈦、鎢、或硼化合物等路易氏酸、公知的固定化路易 氏酸。這些酸中,以硫酸爲特佳。酸的使用量與式(4 ) 所示苯乙烯系單體之使用量的莫耳比,一般爲酸/式(4 ) 所示苯乙烯系單體=1/10 00〜1/1,較佳爲1/3 〇〇〜1/5。 又’作爲鹼可舉出氫氧化鉀、氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鋰、 氫氧化銨、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨等。鹼的使 用量必須爲式(4)所示之苯乙烯系單體的莫耳數以上之 旲耳數’一般爲與式(4)所不苯乙烯系單體的使用量之 -25- 200838917 莫耳比,鹼/式(4)所示之苯乙烯系單體=1/1〜5/1。且 ,水解後或醇解後必須藉由酸進行中和。作爲中和中所使 用的酸,可使用與前述酸相同的酸。作爲鹼,使用如氫氧 化鉀、氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鋰等金屬氫氧化物之水溶性鹼時 ’作爲其相關移動觸媒可使用4級銨鹽、4級鳞鹽、冠醚 、聚(寡)乙二醇等。 作爲反應溫度,一般爲0〜1 8 0 °C,較佳爲3 0〜1 5 0 °C ,更佳爲40〜120°C。作爲反應時間,一般爲1〜30小時 ’較佳爲1〜25小時,更佳爲1〜20小時。作爲反應溶劑 ’僅可溶解轉變反應前的聚合物及轉變反應後之聚合物即 可’並無特別限定,與聚合反應相同溶劑爲佳。又,作爲 溶劑之使用量,於聚合反應所使用的溶劑之1〜5倍重量 爲佳,1〜3倍重量爲較佳。作爲水或醇之添加量,以_〇rμ 基之1〜30倍莫耳爲佳,1〜20倍莫耳爲較佳。使用之醇 並無特別限定,以碳數1〜4之醇爲佳。 《酸性條件下之加熱轉變反應》 有關可使用於酸性條件下之加熱轉變反應的酸及其添 加量、反應溫度、反應時間、溶劑種、溶劑使用量,可適 用上述《水解及醇解》所舉出的同樣條件。但,本方法可 添加或無添加水或醇。 《轉變反應後之中和》 本發明所使用的苯乙烯系共聚合物(Α)之製造中, -26- 200838917 將-OR14基轉變爲OH基之轉變反應於使用酸或鹼下進行 時,亦可具有將轉變反應後系統內殘存的酸或驗之至少1 部分以鹼或酸中和之步驟。 本乙矯系共聚合物(A)的製造中,來自單體(4) 之結構單位中,將-OR14基轉變爲-OH基之轉變反應於酸 的存在下進行時,可進行添加鹼性物質,並與系統內的酸 進行反應之步驟爲佳。又,轉變反應於鹼的存在下進行時 ’可進行添加酸性物質,並與系統內的鹼進行反應之步驟 爲佳。 以下,來自單體(4 )之結構單位中的-OR14基轉變 爲-OH基之轉變反應於酸的存在下進行,再添加鹼性物質 ’並與系統內的酸進行反應的情況作詳細說明。其中,所 謂系統內的酸爲,-OR14基轉變爲_〇H基之轉變反應所使 用的酸中,轉變反應時未被消耗的系統內殘存之酸。 作爲鹼性物質,可適用金屬氫氧化物、金屬烷氧化物 類、羧酸鹽類、酚鹽類、碳酸鹽類及胺類等,更佳爲鹼性 物質爲至少1種選自金屬氫氧化物、金屬烷氧化物類、羧 酸鹽類、酚鹽類所成群,其對陽離子爲、鋰、鈉、鉀、鈣 中之任一。這些鹼性物質可單獨使用或組合2種以上使用 〇 作爲如此鹼性物質,具體可使用氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀 、氫氧化鋰、氫氧化鈣等金屬氫氧化物;甲氧化鈉、乙氧 化鈉、鈉t-丁氧化物等金屬烷氧化物類;乙酸鈉、丙酸鈉 、乳酸鈉、2-乙基己烷酸鈉、安息香酸鈉等羧酸鹽類;鈉 -27- 200838917 苯氧化物等酸鹽類;碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀、碳酸氫鈉等碳酸鹽 類、三乙胺、吡啶等胺類。可使用任一之這些鹼,又可單 獨或同時使用複數種’由取得容易度及價格方面來看,以 氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、氫氧化鋰、甲氧化鈉、乙酸鈉、乳 酸鈉、安息香酸鈉、碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀爲佳。彼等中使用乙 酸鈉、乳酸鈉、安息香酸鈉、碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀等時,可不 進行如後述之添加弱酸性物質的步驟,可安定保持OH基 故特佳。 鹼性物質與殘存酸之反應溫度爲1 5〜1 0 0 °C,較佳爲 20〜90 °C,更佳爲30〜80 °C。若超過上述反應溫度範圍時 ,聚合物的色相會有惡化之情況。又,未達上述反應溫度 範圍時,反應有時無法充分地進行。 反應時間爲5〜120分鐘’較佳爲10〜100分鐘’更 佳爲15〜80分鐘。若超過上述反應時間範圍時,會降低 生產性,若未達上述反應時間範圍時,會有反應無法充分 進行之情況。 所添加之鹼性物質的量,僅爲可充分中和殘存酸之量 即可,-OR14所示基轉變爲-OH基之步驟所使用的酸之莫 耳數、與乾酸之價數的積A、與添加的鹼性物質之莫耳數 與其鹼的價數之積B,爲滿足下述式者爲佳。 A^B^[Ax3] 又,上述鹼性物質之中,該共軛酸之酸性度比含於聚 -28- 200838917 合物中之酚部位之酸性度低時,由來自單體(4)之結構 單位中的-OR14基所轉變之-OH基恐怕會不安定,故使用 該鹼的同時或使用後,添加比含於聚合物中的酚部位之酸 性度還高的弱酸性物質,使反應系統內成爲弱酸性爲佳。 作爲如此弱酸性物質,可舉出酚、硝基酚、氰基酚、鹵化 酚等酚類;乙酸、丙酸、乳酸、2-乙基己酸、安息香酸等 羧酸類;碳酸,但由價格及對反應溶液之相溶性來看以乙 酸、乳酸、安息香酸爲佳。 作爲反應條件,可適用與添加前述鹼時的反應條件之 相同條件。 藉由使反應系統內成爲弱酸性,可得到色相良好下耐 熱安定性優良的苯乙烯系共聚合物(A)。 《僅藉由加熱之轉變反應》 式(4)所示之0-R14基中的R14,僅藉由熱量脫離時 ,於無法超過聚合物鏈之分解溫度的溫度條件下進行熱分 解,而可得到苯乙烯系共聚合物(A )。如此溫度,一般 爲100〜350 °c,較佳爲120〜300 °c。 《使用氟化物離子之轉變反應》 作爲可使用於使用氟化物離子之轉變反應的試劑,可 舉出四甲基銨氟化物、四丁基銨氟化物、氟化鉀、氟化鈉 、氟化氫等。作爲氟化物離子之使用量,氟化物離子之使 用量與式(4 )所示的苯乙烯系單體的使用量之莫耳比( -29- 200838917 氟化物離子/式(4)所示的苯乙烯系單體),—般爲ιη 〜5/1,較佳爲1/1〜3/1。 &lt;純化&gt; ♦ 上述轉變反應後,藉由純化可得到苯乙烯系共聚合物 _ ( A )。純化可使用過去公知之方法,例如可舉出將所得 之反應物溶液以甲苯或四氫呋喃等良溶劑稀釋後,添加甲 φ 醇、水、或彼等混合溶液後適度地凝集聚合物之萃取處理 的方法。萃取處理時,合計作爲反應溶劑所使用的溶劑及 使用於稀釋所添加添加的溶劑之良溶劑量、與聚合物之重 量比(良溶劑/聚合物)爲0.5/1〜6/1爲佳,較佳爲0.7/1 〜4/1。又,萃取所使用之甲醇、水、或這些混合溶液等 弱溶劑之使用量爲重量比(弱溶劑/前述良溶劑)下以〇 · 3 〜5爲佳,較佳爲〇·5〜3。作爲萃取溫度一般爲40〜 120°C,較佳爲 50 〜lOOt。 Φ 如前述經萃取後,冷卻溶液並分離出輕重層,以離心 分離機等除去輕層。將這些萃取操作重複進行1〜1 〇次後 ,濃縮重液並使用 devditizer、extruder等脫溶裝置進行 ‘ 脫溶。脫溶時的溫度爲1 5 0〜3 5 0 °C爲佳,較佳爲2 0 0〜 350 °C,真空度爲〇·1〜50 mmHg,較佳爲1〜40 mmHg 〇 又,於脫溶前可實施稀釋之循環過濾。過濾時可單獨使用 1種濾劑之孔徑爲0 · 1〜1 0 0 μ m者,或階段式地設置複數 個孔徑相異的過濾器。又,脫溶後之熔融聚合物可藉由過 濾而純化。此時的聚合物過濾器之孔徑以〇 . 1〜1 〇〇 μπι爲 -30- 200838917 佳。 &lt;降冰片烯系聚合物(B) &gt; 有關本發明的樹脂組成物所含有的降冰片烯系聚合物 (B)爲具有由下述式(6)所示單體(6)所衍生的結構 單位之(共)聚合物,具體爲單體(6)之開環聚合物、 單體(6)與共聚合性單體之開環共聚合物、或這些氫化 物、或單獨1種或2種以上之單體(6 )所成加成型(共 )聚合物、及單體(6 )與乙烯系化合物之加成型(共) 聚合物。 [化 10]OH (4,) (In the formula (4'), R and RG are as defined in the above formula (2).) Thus, each monomer can be applied to the same desired content ratio of each structural unit derived from each monomer. ratio. &lt;Polymerization reaction&gt; As the radical initiator used in the polymerization reaction, a known organic peroxide which generates a radical or an azo radical radical polymerization initiator can be used. Further, a polyfunctional starter or an initiator which easily causes a hydrogen removal reaction may cause a decrease in the linearity of the obtained styrene-based copolymer, which is not preferable. Examples of the organic peroxide include diethyl hydrazine peroxide, biphenyl ketone peroxide, diisobutyl decyl peroxide, bis(2,4-dichlorobenzhydryl) peroxide, and 3,5,5-trimethylhexyl) peroxide, dioctyl sulfoxide, dilauroyl peroxide, distearyl peroxide, bis { 4- (m-toluene) Benzyl hydrazide} peroxide, etc. 醯-19- 200838917 based peroxides; methyl ethyl ketone peroxide, cyclohexanone peroxide, methyl cyclohexanone peroxide, acetyl group Ketone peroxides such as acetone peroxide; hydrogen peroxide, t-butyl hydroperoxide, α-cumene hydroperoxide, hydrazine-decane hydroperoxide, diisopropylbenzene hydrogen peroxide Oxide, hydroperoxides such as 1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl hydroperoxide and t-hexyl hydroperoxide; di-t-butyl peroxide, di- cumyl Oxide, dilauryl peroxide, α,α'-bis(t-butylperoxy)diisopropylbenzene, 2,5·dimethyl-2,5-bis(t-butyl Oxy)hexane, t-butyl cumyl peroxide, 2,5·dimethyl Dialkyl peroxides such as benzyl-2,5-bis(dibutylperoxy)hexyne-3; t-butylperoxyacetate, t-butylperoxypivalate, t -hexylperoxypivalate, 1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutylperoxy 2-ethylhexanoate, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-bis(2- Ethylhexyl peroxy)hexane, 1-cyclohexyl-1·methylethylperoxy 2-ethylhexanoate, t-hexylperoxy 2-ethylhexanoate, t- Butylperoxy 2-ethylhexanoate, t-butylperoxyisobutyrate, t-butylperoxymaleate, t-butylperoxy 3,5,5- Trimethylhexanoate, t-butylperoxylaurate, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-bis(m-tolylperoxy)hexane, α,α'-double (new fluorenylperoxy)diisopropylbenzene, cumenylperoxy neodecanoate, 1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutylperoxy neodecanoate, 1·ring Hexyl-b-methylethylperoxy neodecanoate, t-hexylperoxy neodecanoate, t-butylperoxy neodecanoate, t-butylperoxybenzoate, t ·Hexylperoxybenzene-20- 200838917 Formate, bis(t-butylperoxy) Isodecanoate, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-bis(benzimidylperoxy)hexane, t-butylperoxym-toluene, orthoformate, 3,3' a peroxy ester such as 4,4'-tetrakis(t-butylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone; 1, b-bis(t-hexylperoxy)3,3,5-trimethylcyclo Hexane, ruthenium-bis(t-hexylperoxy)cyclohexane, u-bis(t-butylperoxy) 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, 1,1 -bis (t-butyl) Peroxy)cyclohexane, 1,1-bis(t-butylperoxy)cyclododecane, 2,2-bis(t-butylperoxy)butane, η-butyl 4 , 4-bis(dibutylperoxy)pivalate, 2,2-bis(4,4-butyl-butylperoxycyclohexyl)propylamine, etc., peroxy-terminated alcohols, t-hexyl Oxypropylisopropyl monocarbonate, t-butylperoxyisopropyl monocarbonate, t-butylperoxy 2-ethylhexyl monocarbonate, t-butylperoxyallyl mono Peroxymonocarbonates such as carbonates; di-sec-butylperoxydicarbonate, di-n-propylperoxydicarbonate, diisopropylperoxydicarbonate, bis( 4-t-butylcyclohexyl)peroxydicarbonate Di-2-ethoxyethyl peroxydicarbonate, di-2-ethylhexylperoxydicarbonate, di-2-methoxybutylperoxydicarbonate, di(3- Peroxydicarbonate such as methyl-3-methoxybutyl)peroxydicarbonate; other examples thereof include t-butyltrimethylformamidoalkyl peroxide, etc., which are used in the present invention. The organic peroxide is not limited to these exemplified compounds. Examples of the azo radical polymerization initiator include azoisobutyronitrile, azo isoprene, and 2,2'-azobis(4-methoxy-2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile). ), 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2'-azobis(2-methylbutyl-21-200838917 nitrile), 1,1,-azo Bis(cyclohexane-b-carbonitrile), 2-(aminomethylmercaptoazo)isobutyronitrile, 2,2,-azobis[2-methyl-N-{ 1,1-bis(hydroxyl) 2-hydroxyethyl}propanamine], 2,2'-azobis[2-methyl-N-{2-(1-hydroxybutyl)}propanamine], 2,2, -azobis[2-methyl-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-propanamide], 2,2,-azobis[N-(2-propenyl)-2-methylpropanamide ], 2,2,-azobis(N-butyl-2-methylpropionamide), 2,2,-azobis(N-cyclohexyl-2-methylpropionamide), 2, 2,-azobis[2-(5-methyl-2-pyrimidin-2-yl)propane]dihydrochloride, 2,2,-azobis[2-(2-imibulin-2) -yl)propane]dihydrochloride, 2,2,-azobis[2-(2-imidazolin-2-yl)propane]disulfate•dihydrate, 2,2,_azo double [ 2-( 3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-yl)propane]dihydrogen Compound, 2,2'-azobis[2-{(2-hydroxyethyl)-2-imidazolin-2-yl}propane]dihydrochloride, 2,2, azobis[2-( 2 -Imidazolin-2-yl)propane], 2, 2, azobis(2-methylpropionamidine) dihydrochloride, 2,2,-azobis[N-(2-carboxyethyl)- 2-methyl-propionamidine], 2,2,-azobis(2-methylpropionamine), dimethyl 2,2'-azobutyrate, 4,4,-azobis (4 _Cyanovalerate, 2,2,-azobis(2,4,4-trimethylpentane), etc., preferred initiator is 1,1,-azobis (cycloBane- 1-nitrile), 2-(aminomethylmercaptoazo)isobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis(N-butyl-2-methylpropionamide), the weight average molecular weight is 85,000 The above styrene-based copolymer of a high molecular weight body. The azo radical polymerization initiator used in the present invention is not limited to these exemplified compounds. Examples of the cationic polymerization initiator include a cold-branched acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid or phosphoric acid, a boron trifluoride complex, aluminum trichloride, and -22-200838917 ethyl aluminum dichloride. , Lewis acid such as titanium tetrachloride, titanium tetraisopropoxide or tungsten chloride. Examples of the anion polymerization initiator include organolithium such as butyl lithium and phenyl lithium, and metal amides such as lithium decylamine and sodium decylamine, and ethyl magnesium bromide and phenyl magnesium chloride. A metal alkoxide such as a drug, sodium methoxide or sodium ethoxide. The amount of the polymerization initiator used is generally from 0. 01 to 5 mol%, preferably from 0. 03 to 3 mol%, more preferably from 0. 0 5 to 2 m ο 1 . %. Further, a catalyst may be used in the polymerization reaction of the styrene monomer. The catalyst is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a known anionic polymerization catalyst, a coordination polymerization catalyst, and a cationic polymerization catalyst. The polymerization reaction of the styrene monomer is carried out in the presence of the polymerization initiator or the catalyst, and the styrene monomer is subjected to a bulk polymerization method, a solution polymerization method, a precipitation polymerization method, an emulsion polymerization method, or a suspension polymerization. A conventionally known method such as a method or a bulk-suspension polymerization method is carried out by copolymerization. The solvent to be used in the solution polymerization is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve the monomer and the polymer, and a hydrocarbon solvent such as cyclohexane or an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent such as toluene is preferred. The amount of the solvent to be used is preferably 〇3 times by weight (by weight) based on the total amount of the styrene-based monomer. In the case of using radical polymerization, a polymer having a desired molecular weight is desired. A chain shifting agent may be added as necessary. The chain-shifting agent is not particularly limited. A conventionally known chain-shifting agent can be used, and more specifically, the following may be mentioned. Dodecanethiol, thiolethanol, thiopropylpropanol, thiol -23- 200838917 acetic acid, thiopropyl propionic acid, and the like. These linkage mobile agents can be used alone or in combination. The polymerization reaction time is usually 1 to 30 hours, preferably 3 to 20 hours, and the polymerization temperature is not particularly limited depending on the type of the radical initiator used, and is generally 40 to 180 ° C. It is preferably 50 to 120 °C. &lt;Reaction to convert into OH group&gt; The styrene-based copolymer (A) used in the present invention can be obtained by polymerizing the above-mentioned styrene-based monomer and then from the structural unit of the monomer (4). The OR14 group is converted to an -OH group. Thereby, for example, R14 of the styrene-based monomer represented by the formula (4) is removed to form a structural unit represented by the formula (2) contained in the styrene-based copolymer (A). The above-mentioned conversion reaction may be a method of undergoing alcoholysis or post-hydrolysis conversion in the presence of an acid or a base, a method of heating after conversion under acidic conditions, a method of merely converting by heating, and a conversion using fluoride ions. The method and the like, which are different according to the preferred method of the structure of R14 in the above-mentioned fluorene-R14 group, can convert the group represented by -OR14 from the structural unit of the monomer (4) into - in the presence of an acid. The OH group is preferred, and a method of conversion by alcoholysis or hydrolysis in the presence of an acid or a method of conversion after heating under acidic conditions may be employed. R14 in the aforementioned -OR14 group, for example, is bonded to an ethyl fluorenyl group (-COCH3), a butyloxycarbonyl group (-COC^Bu), a methoxyalkyl group (SiR153), or an oxygen atom to form a polyoxymethylene group to obtain an alkoxyalkyl group. In the case of a group (-CH(OR15)(R16)), a hydrolysis or alcoholysis under acidic conditions is preferred. -24- 200838917 Rl4 in the above _〇rH group, for example, acetyl group (-C〇CH3), t-butoxycarbonyl group (-COC^Bu), etc., hydrolysis or alcoholysis under basic conditions The method is better. As a method of converting by heating under acidic conditions or R 1 4 in the above-mentioned -1 R1 4 group by a method of conversion by heating, for example, t-butyl (^Bu) and t-butyl can be mentioned. The oxycarbonyl group (-COC^Bu), as R14 which is suitable for the method of converting using a fluoride ion, may be a methyl group (SiR153). Hydrolysis and alcoholysis Examples of the acid used in the hydrolysis and alcoholysis include hydrogen halides such as hydrochloric acid and bromic acid, carboxylic acids such as formic acid, oxalic acid, acetic acid, and trifluoroacetic acid, sulfuric acid, P-toluenesulfonic acid, and benzene. a solid acid such as a sulfonic acid such as sulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid or trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, or a heteropoly acid such as lanthanum acid, phosphotungstic acid or phosphomolybdic acid such as nitrous acid or phenol, or a solid acid or ion such as sulphur oxide or zeolite. A polymer acid such as a resin or a polymer electrolyte, and a Lewis acid such as a halogenated, alkylated, and/or alkoxylated aluminum, titanium, tungsten, or boron compound, or a known immobilized Lewis acid. Among these acids, sulfuric acid is particularly preferred. The molar ratio of the amount of the acid used to the amount of the styrene monomer represented by the formula (4) is generally styrene monomer represented by the acid / formula (4) = 1/10 00 to 1/1. Good for 1/3 〇〇 ~ 1/5. Further, examples of the base include potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide. The amount of the base to be used must be the number of moles of the styrene monomer represented by the formula (4) or more, which is generally -25 to 200838917, which is not the amount of the styrene monomer to be used in the formula (4). Moerby, a styrene monomer represented by a base/formula (4) = 1/1 to 5/1. Further, it is necessary to neutralize by acid after hydrolysis or after alcoholysis. As the acid used in the neutralization, the same acid as the aforementioned acid can be used. When a water-soluble base such as a hydroxide of a metal such as potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide or lithium hydroxide is used as the base, 'as a related mobile catalyst, a 4-grade ammonium salt, a 4-grade scale salt, a crown ether, a poly( Oligo) ethylene glycol and the like. The reaction temperature is usually from 0 to 180 ° C, preferably from 3 0 to 150 ° C, more preferably from 40 to 120 ° C. The reaction time is usually from 1 to 30 hours, preferably from 1 to 25 hours, more preferably from 1 to 20 hours. The reaction solvent 'only solubles the polymer before the conversion reaction and the polymer after the conversion reaction' is not particularly limited, and the same solvent as the polymerization reaction is preferred. Further, the amount of the solvent to be used is preferably from 1 to 5 times by weight based on the solvent used for the polymerization reaction, and preferably from 1 to 3 times by weight. The amount of water or alcohol added is preferably from 1 to 30 times the mole of the _〇rμ group, and preferably from 1 to 20 times the mole. The alcohol to be used is not particularly limited, and an alcohol having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferred. "Heat conversion reaction under acidic conditions" The above-mentioned "hydrolysis and alcoholysis" can be applied to the acid which can be used for the heating conversion reaction under acidic conditions, the addition amount thereof, the reaction temperature, the reaction time, the solvent type, and the solvent usage amount. Give the same conditions. However, this method may or may not add water or alcohol. <<Transition reaction after neutralization>> In the production of the styrene-based copolymer (Α) used in the present invention, -26-200838917, when the conversion reaction of the -OR14 group to the OH group is carried out using an acid or a base, It may also have a step of neutralizing at least a portion of the acid remaining in the system after the conversion reaction with a base or an acid. In the production of the copolymer (A), in the structural unit derived from the monomer (4), when the conversion reaction of the -OR14 group to the -OH group is carried out in the presence of an acid, the addition of the basicity can be carried out. The step of reacting with the acid in the system is preferred. Further, when the conversion reaction is carried out in the presence of a base, it is preferred to carry out the step of adding an acidic substance and reacting with a base in the system. Hereinafter, the transition from the -OR14 group to the -OH group in the structural unit of the monomer (4) is carried out in the presence of an acid, and the addition of the basic substance 'and the reaction with the acid in the system is explained in detail. . Here, the acid in the system is an acid which is used in the conversion reaction of the -OR14 group to the _〇H group, and the acid remaining in the system which is not consumed during the conversion reaction. As the alkaline substance, metal hydroxides, metal alkoxides, carboxylates, phenates, carbonates, amines, and the like can be used, and more preferably, the basic substance is at least one selected from the group consisting of metal hydroxides. The compound, the metal alkoxide, the carboxylate, and the phenate are grouped, and the counter cation is any one of lithium, sodium, potassium, and calcium. These basic substances may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds thereof as the basic substance, and specifically, a metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide or calcium hydroxide; sodium methoxide or ethoxylate may be used; Metal alkoxides such as sodium and sodium t-butoxide; sodium acetate, sodium propionate, sodium lactate, sodium 2-ethylcarboxylate, sodium benzoate and the like; sodium -27- 200838917 phenoxide And other acid salts; carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate and sodium hydrogencarbonate; amines such as triethylamine and pyridine. Any of these bases may be used, or a plurality of them may be used singly or simultaneously, in terms of ease of availability and price, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, sodium methoxide, sodium acetate, sodium lactate, benzoin Sodium, sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate are preferred. When sodium acetate, sodium lactate, sodium benzoate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate or the like is used in the above, the step of adding a weakly acidic substance as described later may not be carried out, and it is particularly preferable to stably maintain the OH group. The reaction temperature of the alkaline substance with the residual acid is from 1 5 to 1 0 ° C, preferably from 20 to 90 ° C, more preferably from 30 to 80 ° C. If it exceeds the above reaction temperature range, the hue of the polymer may deteriorate. Further, when the reaction temperature range is not reached, the reaction may not proceed sufficiently. The reaction time is 5 to 120 minutes', preferably 10 to 100 minutes, more preferably 15 to 80 minutes. If it exceeds the above reaction time range, productivity will be lowered, and if the reaction time range is not reached, the reaction may not proceed sufficiently. The amount of the basic substance to be added is only the amount which can sufficiently neutralize the residual acid, and the number of moles of the acid used in the step of converting the group represented by -OR14 to the -OH group, and the valence of the dry acid The product A and the product B of the molar amount of the added alkaline substance and the valence of the base are preferably those satisfying the following formula. A^B^[Ax3] Further, among the above basic substances, when the acidity of the conjugate acid is lower than the acidity of the phenol moiety contained in the poly-28-200838917 compound, it is derived from the monomer (4) The -OH group in the structural unit may be unstable in the -OH group. Therefore, when the base is used or after use, a weakly acidic substance having a higher acidity than the phenol moiety contained in the polymer is added. It is preferred that the reaction system becomes weakly acidic. Examples of such weakly acidic substances include phenols such as phenol, nitrophenol, cyanophenol, and halogenated phenol; carboxylic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, lactic acid, 2-ethylhexanoic acid, and benzoic acid; and carbonic acid, but by price As the compatibility of the reaction solution, acetic acid, lactic acid, and benzoic acid are preferred. As the reaction conditions, the same conditions as those for the reaction when the above-mentioned base is added can be applied. By making the inside of the reaction system weakly acidic, a styrene-based copolymer (A) excellent in thermal stability under a good hue can be obtained. "Reduction reaction by heating only" R14 in the 0-R14 group represented by the formula (4) is thermally decomposed at a temperature which cannot exceed the decomposition temperature of the polymer chain only by heat removal. A styrene-based copolymer (A) was obtained. Such a temperature is usually from 100 to 350 ° C, preferably from 120 to 300 ° C. <<Transition Reaction Using Fluoride Ion>> Examples of the reagent which can be used for the conversion reaction using fluoride ions include tetramethylammonium fluoride, tetrabutylammonium fluoride, potassium fluoride, sodium fluoride, hydrogen fluoride, and the like. . As the amount of the fluoride ion used, the molar ratio of the amount of the fluoride ion used to the amount of the styrene monomer represented by the formula (4) (-29-200838917 fluoride ion / formula (4) The styrene monomer) is generally ηη 〜5/1, preferably 1/1 to 3/1. &lt;Purification&gt; ♦ After the above conversion reaction, a styrene-based copolymer _ (A ) can be obtained by purification. For the purification, a conventionally known method can be used. For example, the obtained reactant solution is diluted with a good solvent such as toluene or tetrahydrofuran, and after adding a mixture of a solution of a stilbene, water, or a mixture thereof, the polymer is appropriately agglomerated. method. In the extraction treatment, it is preferred that the solvent used as the reaction solvent and the amount of the solvent used for the solvent to be added and added are preferably 0.5/1 to 6/1 by weight of the polymer (good solvent/polymer). It is preferably 0.7/1 to 4/1. Further, the amount of the weak solvent such as methanol, water or a mixed solution used for the extraction is preferably 〇 3 to 5, more preferably 〇 5 to 3, in terms of a weight ratio (weak solvent / the above-mentioned good solvent). The extraction temperature is usually 40 to 120 ° C, preferably 50 to 100 t. Φ After the extraction as described above, the solution is cooled and the light and heavy layers are separated, and the light layer is removed by a centrifugal separator or the like. After repeating these extraction operations for 1 to 1 times, the heavy liquid was concentrated and desolvated by a desolvation device such as devditizer or extruder. The temperature at the time of desolvation is preferably from 150 to 3,500 ° C, preferably from 2,0 to 350 ° C, and the degree of vacuum is from 〜1 to 50 mmHg, preferably from 1 to 40 mmHg. Dilution cycle filtration can be carried out before desolvation. When filtering, a single filter can be used with a pore size of 0 · 1 to 1 0 0 μ m, or a plurality of filters having different pore diameters can be set in stages. Further, the molten polymer after desolvation can be purified by filtration. The pore size of the polymer filter at this time is preferably 〇. 1~1 〇〇 μπι -30-200838917. &lt;norbornene-based polymer (B) &gt; The norbornene-based polymer (B) contained in the resin composition of the present invention is derived from the monomer (6) represented by the following formula (6) (co)polymer of structural unit, specifically a ring-opening polymer of monomer (6), a ring-opening copolymer of monomer (6) and a copolymerizable monomer, or these hydrides, or a single one Further, two or more kinds of the monomers (6) are added to form a (co)polymer, and an addition (co)polymer of the monomer (6) and the vinyl compound. [化10]

…(6) (式(6)中,&amp;及b爲獨立表示〇或〗,。及4爲獨立表 示 0 〜2 之整數。r4、R5、r6、r7、r8、r9、Rio、Rll、 R12、及R13各獨立表示可具有氫原子;鹵素原子;含有 氧原子、硫原子' 氮原子、或矽原子之連結基的取代或非 -31 - 200838917 取代之碳數1〜30的烴基;或極性基。R1{)與R11 '或R12 與R13成一體化而可形成2價烴基,R1G或R11與Ri2或 R13可互相結合形成碳環或雜環(這些碳環或雜環亦可爲 單環結構、或其他環亦可經縮合後形成多環結構。)。) 〇 作爲鹵素原子可舉出氟原子、鹽素原子及溴原子。 作爲碳原子數1〜30的烴基,例如可舉出甲基、乙基 、丙基等烷基;環戊基、環己基等環烷基;乙烯基、烯丙 基、丙細基等燒基。 又’上述的取代或非取代的烴基可直接結合於環結構 、或介著連結基(linkage )結合。作爲連結基,例如可舉 出碳原子數1〜10之2價烴基(例如,-(CH2)m-(式中, m爲1〜10之整數)所不伸院基);含有氧、氮、硫或石夕 之連結基(例如,羰基(-CO-)、氧代羰基(-o(co)-) 、羰氧基(-COO-)、颯基(-S02-)、醚鍵結(-〇-)、 硫醚鍵結(-S -)、亞胺基(-Ν Η -)、醒胺鍵結(H C 0 -、-CONH-)、矽氧烷鍵結(-〇Si(R)-(式中,R爲甲基、 乙基等烷基))等,亦可爲含有複數彼等之連結基。 作爲極性基,例如可舉出羥基、碳原子數1〜的烷 氧基、羰氧基、烷氧基擬基、芳氧基羰基、氰基、醯胺基 、亞胺基、三有機矽氧烷基、三有機甲矽烷基、胺基、醯 基、院氧基甲矽烷基、磺醯基、及羧基等。作爲上述烷氧 基’例如更具體可舉出甲氧基、乙氧基等;作爲羰氧基, 例如可舉出乙酸基、丙酸基等烷基羰氧基、及苯甲酸基等 -32- 200838917 芳基羰氧基;作爲烷氧基羰基,例如可舉出甲氧基羰基、 乙氧基羰基等;作爲芳氧基羰基,例如可舉出苯氧基羰基 、萘基氧代羰基、芴基氧代羰基、聯苯基氧代羰基等;作 爲三有機矽氧烷基,例如可舉出三甲基甲矽烷氧基、三乙 基甲矽院氧基等;作爲三有機甲矽院基,例如可舉出三甲 基甲矽烷基、三乙基甲矽烷基等;作爲胺基,例如可舉出 弟1級胺基,作爲院氧基甲砂院基,例如可舉出三甲氧基 甲矽烷基、三乙氧基甲矽烷基等。 作爲則述式(6 )所示單體(6 )之具體例,可舉出如 以下之化合物。 雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 三環[4·3·0.12,5]-3-癸烯、 三環[5·2·1 ·02,6]-癸-3,8-二烯、 三環[4·4·0·12,5]-3-十一碳烯、 五環十五碳烯、 五環[7.4.0.:^5.ΐ9,12·〇8,13]_3•十五碳烯、 5 -甲基雙環[2·2·1]庚-2-燒、 5·乙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 5-甲氧基羰基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2_嫌、 5-甲基-5-甲氧基羰基雙環[221]庚-2•烯、 5-氰基雙環[2·2·1]庚-2-烯、 8 -甲氧基羰基四環[4.々·(Μ2」」?,ιο]_3•十二碳矯、 8-乙氧基羰基四環[4.4.0.1^5^7,10]^十二碳嫌、 * 33 - 200838917 8-n -丙氧基簾基四環[4.4.0.12 ’ 5.17’1G]-3-十二碳矯、 8-異丙氧基羰基四環[4.4.0.12’5.17’1()]_3-十二碳烯、 8-11-丁氧基羰基四環[4.4.0.12’5.17,1()]-3-十二碳烯、 8-苯氧基羰基四環[4.4.0· I2,5·〗7,1 G]-3-十二碳烯、 8-(1-萘氧基)羰基四環[4.4.〇.12’5.17’10]-3-十二碳烯 % 8- ( 2-萘氧基)羰基四環[4·4.0·12’5·17,1()]-3-十二碳烯 8-&lt;4-苯基苯氧基 &gt;羰基四環[4.4.0.12,5.17’1()]-3-十二 碳燏、 8-甲基-8-甲氧基羰基四環[4.4.0.12’5.17,1()]-3-十二碳 烯、 8-甲基-8-乙氧基羰基四環[4·4·0·12,5·17,1()]-3-十二碳 烯、 8_甲基- 8·η-丙氧基羰基四環[4.4.0」 碳烯、 8 -甲基-8-異丙氧基羰基四環[4.4.0.1 2’5.17,1G]-3-十二 碳烯、 8-甲基- 8-n-丁 氧基羰基四環[4.4.0· I2’5. I7’10]-3-十二 碳烯、 8-甲基-8-苯氧基羰基四環[4.4.0.12’5.17’1()]-3-十二碳 烯、 8-甲基- 8-(1-萘氧基)羰基四環[4·4·0·12’5·17’1()]-3- 十二碳烯、 -34- 200838917 8-甲基-8- ( 2·萘氧基)羰基四環[4·4·0·l2’5.l7’1()]-3- 十二碳烯、 8_甲基-8- &lt;4-苯基苯氧基 &gt;羰基四環 [4.4.0.12,5.17,1()]-3-十二碳烯、 . 五環[8·4.0·12’5·19’12·08’13]-3-十六碳烯、 七環[δ.δ.ο.ι4,7」11,18」13,16』3,8』12,17]」-:-!——碳烯 5-亞乙基雙環[2·2·1]庚-2-烯、 8-亞乙基四環[4.4·0.12’5·17’1()) -3-十二碳烯、 5-苯基雙環[2.2.1 )庚-2-烯、 5-苯基-5-甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 8-苯基四環[4.4.0.12,5.17,1()]-3-十二碳烯、 5-η-丁 基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 5-η-己基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 Φ 5-環己基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 5- ( 2-環己烯基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 * 5-η-辛基雙環[2·2·1]庚-2·烯、 • 5-η-癸基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 5-異丙基雙環[2·2·1]庚-2-烯、 5- ( 1-萘基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 5- ( 2-萘基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 5- ( 2-萘基)-5-甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 5- ( 4-聯苯)雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 -35- 200838917 5- ( 4-聯苯)-5-甲基雙環[2·2.1]庚-2-烯、 5-胺甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 5-三甲氧基甲矽烷基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 5-三乙氧基甲矽烷基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 . 5-三η-丙氧基甲矽烷基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 5-三η-丁氧基甲矽烷基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 5-氯甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 φ 5-羥基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 5-環己烯雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 5-氟雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 5-氟甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 5-三氟甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 5.5- 二氟雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 5.6- 二氟雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 5,5-雙(三氟甲基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 • 5,6-雙(三氟甲基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 5-甲基-5-三氟甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 ’ 5,5,6-三氟雙環[2·2·1]庚-2-烯、 • 5,5,6,6-四氟雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 8-氟四環[4.4·0·12’5·Γ’1()]-3-十二碳烯、 8-氟甲基四環[4.4.〇.12’5.17’1()]-3-十二碳烯' 8-三氟甲基四環[4.4.0.12,5.17,1()]-3-十二碳烯、 8,8-二氟四環[4.4.0.12,5.17,1()]-3-十二碳烯、 螺[芴-9,8’-三環[4.3.0.1 2·5] [3]癸烯] -36- 200838917 等可舉出。 這些化合物可單獨使用1種或組合 6 )使用。 這些單體(6)中,上述式(6)之 個爲下述式(I) -(CH2)nCOOR17 ( I )(6) (In equation (6), &amp; and b are independent representations 〇 or 〖, and 4 are integers representing 0 to 2 independently. r4, R5, r6, r7, r8, r9, Rio, Rll, R12 and R13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; a substituent containing a linking group of an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom 'a nitrogen atom, or a halogen atom; or a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 30 substituted by a non-31 - 200838917; a polar group. R1{) and R11' or R12 and R13 are integrated to form a divalent hydrocarbon group, and R1G or R11 and Ri2 or R13 may be bonded to each other to form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring (these carbocyclic or heterocyclic rings may also be a single The ring structure, or other ring, may also be condensed to form a polycyclic structure.). 〇 As a halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a salt atom, and a bromine atom are mentioned. Examples of the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms include an alkyl group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group or a propyl group; a cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group; and a alkyl group such as a vinyl group, an allyl group or a propyl group; . Further, the above-mentioned substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon group may be bonded directly to the ring structure or to the linkage via a linkage. Examples of the linking group include a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, -(CH2)m- (wherein m is an integer of 1 to 10); and oxygen and nitrogen are contained; a linking group of sulfur or sulphur (for example, carbonyl (-CO-), oxocarbonyl (-o(co)-), carbonyloxy (-COO-), fluorenyl (-S02-), ether linkage (-〇-), thioether linkage (-S-), imine (-Ν Η -), awake amine linkage (HC 0 -, -CONH-), oxime linkage (-〇Si ( R)- (wherein R is an alkyl group such as a methyl group or an ethyl group), and the like may be a linking group containing a plurality of the same. Examples of the polar group include a hydroxyl group and an alkoxy group having 1 to 1 carbon atom. , carbonyloxy, alkoxy, aryloxycarbonyl, cyano, decylamino, imido, triorganosiloxyalkyl, triorganomylalkyl, amine, fluorenyl, alkoxy The mercapto group, the sulfonyl group, the carboxyl group, etc., and the alkoxy group are, for example, more specifically, a methoxy group or an ethoxy group; and examples of the carbonyloxy group include an alkyl group such as an acetate group and a propionic acid group. Alkylcarbonyloxy, benzoic acid, etc. -32- 200838917 arylcarbonyloxy; as alkoxycarbonyl Examples of the aryloxycarbonyl group include a phenoxycarbonyl group, a naphthyloxycarbonyl group, a decyloxycarbonyl group, a biphenyloxycarbonyl group, and the like. Examples of the aryloxycarbonyl group include a methoxycarbonyl group and an ethoxycarbonyl group. Examples of the triorganophosphonyl group include a trimethylmethane alkoxy group and a triethylmethyl sulfonyloxy group; and examples of the triorganomethane group include, for example, a trimethylmethane group; Examples of the amine group include, for example, a sulfhydryl group, and examples of the amine group include a trimethoxymethyl decyl group, a triethoxy methoxyalkyl group, and the like. Specific examples of the monomer (6) represented by the formula (6) include the following compounds: Bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, tricyclo[4·3·0.12,5] -3-decene, tricyclo[5·2·1 ·02,6]-癸-3,8-diene, tricyclo[4·4·0·12,5]-3-undecene, Pentacyclopentadecene, pentacyclo[7.4.0.:^5.ΐ9,12·〇8,13]_3•15-pentene, 5-methylbicyclo[2·2·1]heptan-2- Calcination, 5-ethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-methoxycarbonylbicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2_, 5-methyl-5-methoxycarbonylbicyclo[221 ] Geng-2•ene, 5-cyanobicyclo[2·2·1]hept-2-ene, 8-methoxycarbonyltetracyclo[4.々·(Μ2”"?, ιο]_3•12 carbon Correction, 8-ethoxycarbonyltetracyclo[4.4.0.1^5^7,10]^12 carbon suspected, * 33 - 200838917 8-n-propoxylated tetracycline [4.4.0.12 ' 5.17'1G ]-3-Dodecyl, 8-isopropoxycarbonyltetracyclo[4.4.0.12'5.17'1()]_3-dodecene, 8-11-butoxycarbonyltetracyclo[4.4.0.12 '5.17,1()]-3-dodecene, 8-phenoxycarbonyltetracyclo[4.4.0· I2,5·7,1 G]-3-dodecene, 8-(1) -naphthyloxy)carbonyltetracyclo[4.4.〇.12'5.17'10]-3-dodecene% 8-(2-naphthyloxy)carbonyltetracyclo[4·4.0·12'5·17, 1()]-3-dodecene 8-&lt;4-phenylphenoxy&gt;carbonyltetracyclo[4.4.0.12,5.17'1()]-3-dodetodecyl, 8-methyl -8-methoxycarbonyltetracyclo[4.4.0.12'5.17,1()]-3-dodecene, 8-methyl-8-ethoxycarbonyltetracyclo[4·4·0·12, 5·17,1()]-3-dodecene, 8-methyl-8·η-propoxycarbonyltetracyclo[4.4.0” carbene, 8-methyl-8-isopropoxy Carbonyltetracyclo[4.4.0.1 2'5.17,1G]-3-dodecene, 8-methyl- 8-n- Oxycarbonyltetracyclo[4.4.0· I2'5. I7'10]-3-dodecene, 8-methyl-8-phenoxycarbonyltetracyclo[4.4.0.12'5.17'1()] -3-dodecene, 8-methyl-8-(1-naphthyloxy)carbonyltetracyclo[4·4·0·12'5·17'1()]-3-dodecene, -34- 200838917 8-Methyl-8-(2.naphthyloxy)carbonyltetracyclo[4·4·0·l2'5.l7'1()]-3-Dodecene, 8-methyl -8- &lt;4-phenylphenoxy&gt;carbonyltetracyclo[4.4.0.12,5.17,1()]-3-dodecene, .pentacyclic [8·4.0·12'5·19' 12·08'13]-3-hexadecene, seven rings [δ.δ.ο.ι4,7"11,18"13,16"3,8"12,17]"-:-!—— Carbene 5-ethylenebicyclo[2·2·1]hept-2-ene, 8-ethylenetetracyclo[4.4·0.12'5·17'1())-3-dodecene, 5 -phenylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-phenyl-5-methylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 8-phenyltetracyclo[4.4.0.12, 5.17,1 ()]-3-dodecene, 5-η-butylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-η-hexylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, Φ 5-ring Hexylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-(2-cyclohexenyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, * 5-η-octylbicyclo[2·2·1] Geng-2·ene, • 5-η-fluorenylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-isopropylbicyclo[2·2·1]hept-2-ene, 5-(1-naphthyl)bicyclo[2.2.1 Hept-2-ene, 5-(2-naphthyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-(2-naphthyl)-5-methylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2- Alkene, 5-(4-biphenyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, -35- 200838917 5-(4-biphenyl)-5-methylbicyclo[2·2.1]hept-2-ene , 5-aminomethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-trimethoxycarbamidylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-triethoxycarbenylbicyclo[2.2 .1]hept-2-ene, . 5-trin-propoxycarbenylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-trin-butoxycarbenylbicyclo[2.2.1] Hept-2-ene, 5-chloromethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, φ 5-hydroxymethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-cyclohexenebicyclo[2.2. 1]hept-2-ene, 5-fluorobicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-fluoromethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-trifluoromethylbicyclo[2.2. 1]hept-2-ene, 5.5-difluorobicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5.6-difluorobicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5,5-bis(trifluoromethyl Bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, • 5,6-bis(trifluoromethyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-methyl-5-trifluoromethyl Bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, '5,5,6-trifluorobicyclo[2·2·1]hept-2-ene, • 5,5,6,6-tetrafluorobicyclo[2.2. 1]hept-2-ene, 8-fluorotetracyclo[4.4.0·12'5·Γ'1()]-3-dodecene, 8-fluoromethyltetracyclo[4.4.〇.12' 5.17'1()]-3-dodecene' 8-trifluoromethyltetracyclo[4.4.0.12,5.17,1()]-3-dodecene, 8,8-difluorotetracyclo[ 4.4.0.12, 5.17, 1()]-3-dodecene, spiro[芴-9,8'-tricyclo[4.3.0.1 2·5][3]decene] -36- 200838917 Out. These compounds may be used alone or in combination 6). Among these monomers (6), one of the above formula (6) is the following formula (I) - (CH2) nCOOR17 (I)

(式中,η —般爲0或1〜5之整數,R 烴基。)所示特定極性基之上述特定單 組成物及光學薄膜之耐熱性與耐濕(水 衡故較佳。 上述式(I )中,11的値越小,又1? 得之樹脂組成物之玻璃轉移溫度越高, 點來看爲佳。即,η —般爲0或1〜5 • 或1,又R17 —般爲碳數1〜15的烴基 的烷基。 ' 且,上述式(6)中,上述式(I) • 之碳原子再結合烷基之上述單體,因可 成物及光學薄膜的耐熱性與耐濕(水) 佳。該院基之碳數以1〜5爲佳,更佳: 〇 如此單體(6 )中,8-甲基-δ-Η.Α.Ο.Ι2’5·!7’10]-)-十二 碳烯、 8-甲基- 2種以上之單體( R1Q〜R13中至少i 17爲數1〜15的 體,因所得之樹脂 )性可保持良好平 .17之碳數越小,所 由提高耐熱性之觀 之整數,較佳爲0 ,較佳爲碳數1〜4 所示極性基所結合 保持所得之樹脂組 性之良好平衡故較 爵1〜2,特佳爲1 甲氧基羰基四環 8-乙氧基羰基四環 -37- 200838917 [4·4·0.12’5.17,1()]-3·十二碳烯、8-甲基-8-丁氧 [HO.l2’5·;!7,1”-%十二碳烯、及 8-甲基-8-甲 環[4.4.0.12,5.17,1()]-3-十二碳烯與 5-甲基-5-弓 雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯之並用,因所得之樹脂組 薄膜具有優良耐熱性故較佳,特別爲8-甲基· 基四環[4.4.0.12,5.17,1()]-3-十二碳烯及8-甲基· 基四環[4·4.0.12,5.I7,10]-3-十二碳烯與5·甲基. 基-雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯之並用,可得到與苯乙 物(A)之相溶性優良的降冰片烯系聚合物( 作爲其他式(6 )所示單體(6 )之内較佳 舉出雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、三環[5·2.1.02,6]-癸 5-亞乙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-苯基雙環[2· 、5-η 丁基雙環[2.2.:^庚-2-烯、5-η癸基雙環 烯等。 [開環(共)聚合物] 作爲將上述單體(6 )經開環聚合所得之 聚合物(Β ),例如可舉出具有下述一般式( 構單位之聚合物。 基羰基四環 氧基羰基四 3氧基羰基-成物及光學 •8-甲氧基羰 •8-甲氧基羰 • 5 -甲氧基羰 綠系共聚合 Β )故較佳 的例子,可 _3,8·二烯、 2·1]庚-2-烯 [2·2·1]庚-2· 降冰片烯系 Π)所示結 -38· 200838917 [化 11](wherein, η is generally an integer of 0 or 1 to 5, and R is a hydrocarbon group.) The heat resistance and moisture resistance of the specific single composition and the optical film of the specific polar group are preferred (the water balance is preferred. In I), the smaller the enthalpy of 11 is, the higher the glass transition temperature of the resin composition is, the better the point is. That is, η is generally 0 or 1~5 • or 1, and R17 is the same. The alkyl group having a hydrocarbon group of 1 to 15 carbon atoms. In addition, in the above formula (6), the carbon atom of the above formula (I) is further bonded to the monomer of the alkyl group, and the heat resistance of the optically acceptable film and the optical film is obtained. It is better with moisture resistance (water). The carbon number of the base is preferably 1~5, more preferably: 〇So monomer (6), 8-methyl-δ-Η.Α.Ο.Ι2'5· !7'10]-)-dodecene, 8-methyl-two or more kinds of monomers (at least i 17 of R1Q to R13 is a body having a number of from 1 to 15 and the resulting resin) can be kept flat. The smaller the carbon number of .17 is, the integer of the heat resistance is preferably 0, preferably the carbon number is 1 to 4, and the polar group is bonded to maintain a good balance of the resin group. ~2, especially good for 1 methoxycarbonyl tetracyclic 8-ethoxy Carbonyltetracycline-37- 200838917 [4·4·0.12'5.17,1()]-3·dodecene, 8-methyl-8-butoxy[HO.l2'5·;!7,1” -% dodecene, and 8-methyl-8-methyl ring [4.4.0.12, 5.17, 1 ()]-3-dodecene and 5-methyl-5-bent bicyclo [2.2.1] The combination of hept-2-ene is preferred because the obtained resin film has excellent heat resistance, particularly 8-methyl-yltetracyclo[4.4.0.12, 5.17,1()]-3-dodecene. And 8-methyl-yltetracyclo[4.4.0.12,5.I7,10]-3-dodecene and 5-methyl-based-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene A norbornene-based polymer excellent in compatibility with styrene (A) can be obtained (it is preferably a bicyclo [2.2.1] g-2 in the monomer (6) represented by the other formula (6). - alkene, tricyclo[5·2.1.02,6]-癸5-ethylenebicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-phenylbicyclo[2·,5-η butylbicyclo[2.2 ?:Hept-2-ene, 5-n-decylbicycloalene, etc. [Open-loop (co)polymer] As the polymer (Β) obtained by subjecting the above monomer (6) to ring-opening polymerization, for example, A polymer having the following general formula (a unit of a structure: carbonylcarbonyltetracyclooxycarbonyltetramethoxycarbonyl-formate) Optical • 8-methoxycarbonyl • 8-methoxycarbonyl • 5-methoxycarbonyl green copolymerization Β ) Therefore, a preferred example is _3,8·diene, 2·1]g-2 -ene [2·2·1]g-2 - norbornene system)) -38· 200838917 [Chem. 11]

(式(II)中,a、b、c、d及R4〜R13各與上述式(6)中的 a、b、c、d及R4〜R13之定義相同。X爲式:-CH = CH-所示 基或式:-CH2CH2-所示基,複數存在之X爲同一或相異 ° ) ° 作爲將上述單體(6 )經開環聚合所得之降冰片烯系 聚合物(B),較佳爲具有下述式(i)所示結構單位之( 共)聚合物爲佳。 [化 12](In the formula (II), a, b, c, d and R4 to R13 are each the same as defined in the above formula (6), a, b, c, d and R4 to R13. X is a formula: -CH = CH - a group or a formula of the formula: -CH2CH2-, the plural X is the same or different °) ° as the norbornene-based polymer (B) obtained by subjecting the above monomer (6) to ring-opening polymerization, It is preferably a (co)polymer having a structural unit represented by the following formula (i). [化 12]

(式(i )中,A 1〜A4各獨立表示氫原子;鹵素原子;可 具有含有氧原子、硫原子、氮原子或矽原子之連結基的取 -39- 200838917 代或非取代之碳原子數1〜3 〇的烴基;或極性基,A 1〜A4 的至少1個爲-(CH2)nCOOA5所示基(A5爲可具有包含氧 原子、硫原子、氮原子或矽原子之連結基的取代或非取代 之碳數1〜30的烴基),n爲〇或1〜5之整數。)。 降冰片烯系聚合物(B)爲含有前述式(Ο所示結構 單位時,降冰片烯系聚合物(B )之全結構單位1〇〇 mol% 中,前述式(i)所示結構單位一般爲含有5 mol %以上’ 較佳爲10〜70 mol%,更佳爲20〜5 0 mol%。 前述式(i)所示結構單位爲,前述單體(6)中,將 下述式(i-a)所不單體經開環共聚合、藉由氫化而得到 之結構單位。(In the formula (i), A 1 to A 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; and a carbon atom which may have a linking group containing an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom or a ruthenium atom, and a non-substituted carbon atom. a hydrocarbon group having a number of 1 to 3 Å; or a polar group; at least one of A 1 to A 4 is a group represented by -(CH 2 ) nCOOA 5 (A 5 is a linking group which may have an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom or a ruthenium atom) Substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), n is hydrazine or an integer of 1 to 5.). The norbornene-based polymer (B) is a structural unit represented by the above formula (i) in a total structural unit of 1% by mol of the norbornene-based polymer (B) when the structural unit represented by the above formula (Ο) is contained. Generally, it contains 5 mol% or more, preferably 10 to 70 mol%, more preferably 20 to 50 mol%. The structural unit represented by the above formula (i) is that, in the above monomer (6), the following formula is used. (ia) a structural unit obtained by ring-opening copolymerization of a monomer without hydrogenation.

式(i-a)中’ A1〜A4如上述式(◦中的定義。 作爲如此單體(i - a ),例如可舉出 5-甲氧基羰基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 5 -乙氧基鑛基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、 5-丙氧基羰基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2_烯、 5-苯氧基鑛基雙環[2.2.1]庚_2-嫌、 5 -苯甲基氧代類基雙環[2.2.1]庚_2·嫌 -40- 200838917 等。較佳單體爲5-甲氧基羰基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯。 如此單體(i-a)爲,式(i-a)中A1〜A4之至少1個 爲-(CH2)nCOOA5所示基(具有酯鍵結之基),但結合於 -(CH2)nCOOR5所示基所結合之碳原子的另一原子或基爲 氫原子以外之原子或基爲佳。例如具體可舉出,A1爲 -(CH2)nCOOA5所示基,A2爲氫原子以外之原子或基的結 構單位爲佳。 作爲更佳之單體(i-a ),可舉出下述式所示化合物 (i - a ’)。 [化 14]In the formula (ia), 'A1 to A4' are as defined above (in the definition of ◦. As such a monomer (i - a ), for example, 5-methoxycarbonylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-ethoxylated bisbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-propoxycarbonylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-phenoxy-based bicyclo[2.2.1] Geng_2-discriminate, 5-benzylideneoxybicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yield-40-200838917, etc. The preferred monomer is 5-methoxycarbonylbicyclo[2.2.1]g -2-A. Thus, the monomer (ia) is that at least one of A1 to A4 in the formula (ia) is a group represented by -(CH2)nCOOA5 (having an ester-bonded group), but is bonded to -(CH2) The other atom or group of the carbon atom to which the group represented by nCOOR5 is bonded is preferably an atom or a group other than a hydrogen atom. For example, A1 is a group represented by -(CH2)nCOOA5, and A2 is an atom other than a hydrogen atom. Or a structural unit of a base is preferable. As a more preferable monomer (ia), the compound (i - a ') shown by the following formula is mentioned.

式(i-a’)中,A5表示可具有包含氧原子、硫原子、 氮原子或矽原子之連結基的取代或非取代之碳數1〜30的 經基’A6表7K鹵素原子;可具有含有氧原子、硫原子、 氮原子或矽原子之連結基的取代或非取代之碳原子數1〜 3 〇的烴基;或極性基。其中A更佳爲碳數1〜1 0的烴基 〇 作爲如此單體(1 -a’),例如可舉出如下的例子。 5-甲基-5-甲氧基羰基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯 -41 - 200838917 [it 15] ^^,ΟΟΟΜβ 5-甲基-5-乙氧基羰基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯 [化 16] ^Y^COOEtIn the formula (i-a'), A5 represents a substituted or unsubstituted carbonic acid group having an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom or a ruthenium atom, and a hydroxyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 30, and a 7K halogen atom; a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms having an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom or a ruthenium atom; or a polar group. Among them, A is more preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. As the monomer (1 - a'), for example, the following examples are mentioned. 5-methyl-5-methoxycarbonylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene-41 - 200838917 [it 15] ^^,ΟΟΟΜβ 5-methyl-5-ethoxycarbonylbicyclo[2.2.1 ]hept-2-ene [化16] ^Y^COOEt

5-甲基-5-苯氧基羰基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯 [化 17] COOPh U/Me 單體(6)中,上述式(6)之c及d的至少1個非0 之化合物,較佳爲c及d的至少1個表示1之化合物的單 體(以下亦稱爲「多核體」)、與單體(i-a’)進行共聚 合時,因單體(i_a’)之反應性較爲低,故聚合轉換或變 低、或聚合後期大量單體(i-a’)會殘留於反應系中,恐 怕會生成僅來自單體(i-a,)之聚合鏈。僅來自單體(ία’ ) 之聚 合鏈因 難以進 行如後 述之氫 化反應 ,故可 抑制該 聚合物鏈之生成故較佳。做爲解決該問題之方法,可舉出 逐次添加或連續添加多核體之聚合方法。具體可舉出將多 核體之一部份與單體(i-a’)進行分批聚合下,將多核體 -42- 200838917 逐次添加或連續添加之方法、或自反應開始至結束將多核 體與單體(i-a,)之混合物逐次添加或連續添加之方法等 。共聚合反應性比可藉由公知方法、Fineman-Ross法所得 之曲線合致法或藉由M a y 〇 - L e w i s法之積分式算出(大津 隆行·木下雅悦教書,化學同人,第12印,高分子合成 之實驗法,ppl83〜189)。作爲特佳的具體例,如下述。 多核體爲8-甲基-8-甲氧基羰基四環[4.4·0·12’5·17’1()]-3-十 二碳烯、單體(i-a,)爲5-甲氧基羰基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯 時,藉由Fineman-Ross法所求得之80°C下的共聚合性反 應性比,8-甲基-8·甲氧基羰基四環[4·4·0·12’5·17’1()]-3-十二 碳烯爲2.1,5-甲氧基羰基雙環[2·2·1]庚-2-烯爲1.0。換 言之,多核體以單體(i-a,)之2·1倍速度下進行消耗, 故裝入組成子單體(i-a,)··多核體二1 ·· 2.1 ( mol% )爲 特佳,作爲較佳範圍,對於單體(i - a ’)1 m ο 1而言多核 體爲1〜4 mol。自反應開始至結束其間維持該範圍之組成 下添加多核體爲佳。 [共聚合性單體] 上述單體(6)可單獨下進行開環聚合,上述單體(6 )可進一步與其他共聚合性單體進行開環共聚合。 作爲上述共聚合性單體,具體可舉出環丁烯、環戊烯 、環庚烯、環辛烯等環烯烴。環烯烴之碳數以4〜2 0爲佳 ,更佳爲4〜1 2。 且在聚丁 -二烯、聚異戊二烯、苯乙烯-丁-二烯共聚 -43- 200838917 合物、乙烯-非共軛-二烯共聚合物、聚降冰片烯等主鏈含 有碳-碳間雙鍵之不飽和烴系聚合物等存在下,可將上述 單體(6 )進行開環聚合。此時所得之開環共聚合物及其 氫化共聚合物可作爲耐衝撃性較大的樹脂組成物之原料使 用。 上述開環聚合物(具有式(II)所示結構單位之(共 )聚合物)可於開環聚合觸媒的存在下,視必要使用分子 量調節劑及開環聚合用溶劑,將1種以上的上述單體(6 )、及視必要與共聚合性單體以過去公知方法進行開環( 共)聚合而得到。 又,將上述單體(6)與上述共聚合性單體進行共聚 合時,對於上述單體(6)與上述共聚合性單體之合計 1 〇 0重量%,上述單體(6 ) —般爲5 0重量%以上,較佳 爲60重量%以上,更佳爲70重量%以上,且1〇〇重量% 以下,使上述共聚合性單體爲0重量%以上,一般爲50 重量°/。以下,較佳爲4 0重量%以下,更佳爲3 0重量%以 下之比率下進行共聚合爲佳。 作爲本發明所使用的開環聚合物,以單體(6 )之單 獨聚合物、或2種以上之單體(6 )的共聚合物爲最佳。 &lt;開環(共)聚合觸媒&gt; 作爲本發明中所使用的開環(共)聚合用之觸媒,可 使用 Olefin Metathesis and MetathesisPolymerizati on ( K.J· IVIN,J.C· MOL,Academic Press 1 997 )所記載的觸 -44- 200838917 媒爲佳。 作爲如此觸媒,例如爲至少1種選自(a ) w、Mo、 Re、V 及 Ti 之化合物、與(b) Li、Na、K、Mg、Ca、Zn 、Cd、Hg、B、A1、Si、Sn、Pb等化合物,可舉出與至少 • 1種選自具有至少1個該元素-碳結合或該元素-氫結合者 _ 之組合所成的復分解聚合觸媒。該觸媒欲提高觸媒之活性 ’可爲添加後述添加劑(c )者。又,作爲其他觸媒可舉 φ 出不使用(d)助觸媒的周期表第4族〜8族過渡金屬-聚 炔錯體或金屬環丁烷錯體等所成之復分解觸媒。 作爲上述(a )成分之適當 W、Mo、Re、V及Ti之 化合物的代表例可舉出 WC16、MoC15、ReOCl3、VOCl3、 TiCl4等特開平1 -2405 1 7號公報所記載之化合物。 作爲上述(b)成分,可舉出 n-C4H9Li、(C2H5)3A1、 (C2H5)2A1C1、(C^HOuAlCh.s、(C2H5)A1C12、甲基氧化 鋁、LiH等特開平1 -2405 1 7號公報所記載之化合物。 # 作爲添加劑之((〇成分的代表例,可使用醇類、醛 類、酮類、胺類等爲佳,更可使用特開平1 -2405 1 7號公 * 報所示化合物。 • 作爲上述觸媒(d )之代表例,可舉出 W( = N-2,6-C6H3iPr2)(=CHtBu)(OtBu)2、Mo(=N-2,6-C6H3iPr2)(=CHtBu)(OtBu)2、 Ru( = CHCH = CPh2)(PPh3)2Cl2、Ru( = CHPh)(PC6Hi i )2C12 等 o 作爲復分解觸媒之使用量,上述(a)成分與全單體 (單體(6)全量及其他可共聚合之單體(以下,相同) -45- 200838917 之莫耳比「( a)成分:全單體」一般成爲1 ·· 500 〜i : 500,000之範圍,較佳成爲1 : 1,000〜1 : 1 00,000之範圍 ° 成分與(b)成分之比率以金屬原子比表示時,「 (a) : (b)」爲 1:1 〜1:100,較佳爲 1:2 〜1:50 _ 之範81 °又’該復分解觸媒中添加上述(c)添加劑時, . (a)成分與(e)成分之比率以莫耳比表示時,「(c) • (a)」爲 0.005: 1〜15: 1,較佳爲 0.05: 1 〜7: 1 之 # 範圍。又’觸媒(d)的使用量爲,(d)成分與全單體之 莫耳比表示時’ 「( d)成分··全單體」一般爲1,· 50〜1 • 1 0 0,0 0 0之範圍,較佳爲1 : 1 0 0〜1 : 5 0,0 0 0之範圍。 &lt;分子量調節劑&gt; 開環(共)聚合物的分子量之調節可藉由聚合溫度、 觸媒之種類、溶劑之種類進行,本發明中,將分子量調節 劑共存於反應系下進行調節爲佳。於此,作爲較佳分子量 ® 調節劑’例如可舉出乙烯、丙烯、1-丁烯、1-戊烯、己 烯、1-庚烯、1-辛烯、丨_壬烯、^癸烯等α_烯烴類、苯乙 烯、乙烯甲苯等苯乙烯類、烯丙基乙酸、烯丙基苯等烯丙 . 基化合物類,其中以卜丁烯、1·己烯、i-辛烯爲特佳。這 些分子里e周節劑可單獨下或混合2種以上使用。作爲分子 量調節劑之使用量,對於提供於開環(共)聚合反應之全 單體1莫耳而言爲0 00 1〜0·6莫耳,較佳爲〇 〇2〜〇 5莫 耳。 -46- 200838917 &lt;開環(共)聚合反應用溶劑&gt; 開環(共)聚合反應中所使用的溶劑,即作爲溶解降 冰片烯系單體、復分解觸媒及分子量調節劑之溶劑,例如 可舉出石油醚 '戊烷、己烷、庚烷、辛烷、壬烷、癸烷等 . 烴類;環戊烷、環己烷、甲基環己烷、環庚烷、環辛烷、 萘烷、冰片烷等環狀烴類;苯、甲苯、二甲苯、乙基苯、 異丙苯、氯苯等芳香族烴類;二氯甲烷、二氯乙烷、氯丁 Φ 烷、氯仿、四氯乙烯等鹵化烴類;乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、 乙酸η-丁基、乙酸iS0-丁基、丙酸甲酯等酯類;二丁醚、 四氫呋喃、二甲氧基乙烷、二噁烷等醚類;N,N-1 1二甲 基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基吡咯烷酮等,這些 可單獨或混合後使用。本發明中以芳香族烴爲較佳。 作爲溶劑之使用量,以「溶劑:全單體(重量比)」 表示時,一般爲0.5: 1〜20: 1之量,較佳爲0.5: 1〜10 :1之量。 [氫化] ’ 本發明中,可僅藉由上述開環聚合製造出降冰片烯系 - 聚合物(B ),開環聚合所得之開環聚合物可進一步地進 行氫化爲佳。僅開環聚合時,所得之降冰片烯系聚合物爲 ,上述式(II )所示結構單位(II )中的X皆爲式:-CH =CH-所示烯烴性不飽和基之狀態。相關開環聚合物可直 接使用,但由耐熱安定性的觀點來看,上述的烯烴性不飽 和基經氫化,前述X轉換成-CH2-CH2-所示基之氫化物爲 -47- 200838917 佳。但,本發明中所謂的氫化物爲上述烯烴性不飽和基經 氫化者,以降冰片烯系單體爲準之側鏈的芳香環爲實質上 未經氫化者。 且,作爲氫化之比率,上述結構單位(II )中的X之 90莫耳%以上,較佳爲95%以上,更佳爲97%以上。氫化 之比率越高,藉由熱之著色或劣化可受到抑制而較佳。 該製造方法中,氫化反應必須於以單體(6)爲準之 側鏈的芳香環爲實質上未經氫化的條件下進行。因此一般 於開環聚合物之溶液中添加氫化觸媒,將此於常壓〜3 〇 MPa,較佳爲2〜20 MPa,更佳爲3〜18 MPa下使氫作用 而進行爲佳。 作爲氫化觸媒,可使用一般的烯烴性化合物之氫化反 應中所使用者。作爲該氫化觸媒,可使用公知異相系觸媒 及同相系觸媒之任一。作爲異相系觸媒,可舉出將銷、鉑 、鎳、鍺、釕等重金屬觸媒物質載持於碳、二氧化矽、氧 化鋁、二氧化鈦等載體之固體觸媒。又,作爲同相系觸媒 可舉出環烷酸鎳/三乙基鋁、雙(乙醯基丙烯)鎳(Π) / 三乙基鋁、辛烯酸鈷/η-丁基鋰、二茂鈦二氯化物/二乙基 鉬單氯化物、乙酸铑、氯參(三苯基膦)鍺、二氯參(三 苯基膦)釕、氯氫羰基參(三苯基膦)釕、二氯羰基參( 二苯基膦)釕等可舉出。觸媒的形態可爲粉末或粒狀。又 ’該氫化反應觸媒可單獨使用1種或組合2種以上使用。 這些氫化觸媒爲,欲使單體(6)或其他單體爲準之 側鏈的芳香環實質上未經氫化,必須調整其添加量,一般 -48 - 200838917 「開環(共)聚合物:氫化觸媒(重量比)」成爲1 : 1 X 1(Γ6〜1:2之比率下使用爲佳。 作爲純化方法,可採用與苯乙烯系共聚合物(A )同 樣之方法。 [加成型(共)聚合物] 本發明中,作爲降冰片烯系聚合物(B ),可使用上 述開環(共)聚合物及其氫化聚合物以外,亦可單獨使用 1種或2種以上之上述單體(6 )所成加成型(共)聚合 物、及上述單體(6)與不飽和雙鍵含有化合物之加成型 (共)聚合物。藉由單獨1種或2種以上之上述單體(6 )的(共)聚合反應所生成之加成型(共)聚合物可經由 過去公知方法得到。又,上述單體(6 )與含有不飽和雙 鍵之化合物對於彼等合計量100重量%而言,上述單體( 6 ) —般爲5 0〜9 0重量%,較佳爲6 0〜9 0重量%,更佳爲 70〜90重量%,含有不飽和雙鍵之化合物一般爲10〜50 重量%,較佳爲1〇〜40重量%,更佳爲1〇〜30重量%之 比率下進行共聚合爲佳。 作爲上述不飽和雙鍵含有化合物,例如可舉出乙烯、 丙烯、丁烯等碳數2〜12,較佳爲2〜8之烯烴系化合物 〇 作爲上述單體(6)與含有不飽和雙鍵之化合物之共 聚合反應中所使用的觸媒,可舉出釩化合物與有機鋁化合 物所成之觸媒。作爲釩化合物,可舉出V〇(〇R)aXb或 -49- 200838917 V(OR)eXd (但,R 表示烴基,〇Sa$3、0Sb$3、2Sa + bS3、OSc‘4、〇Sd$4、3Sc+d€4)所不飢化合物、或 彼等電子供給體加成物。作爲電子供給體可舉出醇、酚類 、酮、醛、羧酸、有機酸或無機酸之酯、醚、酸醯胺、酸 酐、烷氧基矽烷等含氧電子供給體、氨、胺、腈、異氰酸 酯等含氮電子供給體等。作爲上述有機銘化合物,可舉出 至少1種選自具有至少1種鋁-碳結合或鋁-氫結合之化合 物的有機鋁化合物。上述觸媒中釩化合物與有機鋁化合物 之比率爲,對於釩原子而言,鋁原子之比(A1/V) —般爲 2以上,較佳爲2〜50,特佳爲3〜20。 作爲上述共聚合反應中所使用的溶劑,例如可舉出戊 烷、己烷、庚烷、辛烷、壬烷、癸烷等烴類;環己烷、甲 基環己烷等環狀烴類;苯、甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴及其 鹵素衍生物。其中以環己烷、甲基環己烷爲佳。 作爲純化方法,可採用與上述苯乙烯系共聚合物(A )之相同方法。 本發明中所使用的降冰片烯系聚合物(B )爲,3 0 °C 的氯苯溶液(濃度〇 . 5 g/dL )中所測定之對數黏度(11)爲 0·3〜2.0 dL/g時爲佳。又,以降冰片烯系聚合物(B )之 凝膠穿透層析法(GPC )所測定之聚苯乙烯換算的數平均 分子量(Μη) —般爲1,000〜500,000,較佳爲3,000〜 3 00,000,更佳爲5,000〜100,0 00,重量平均分子量(Mw )一般爲 1 0,000 〜1,000,000,較佳爲 20,000 〜500,000, 更佳爲 30, 〇〇〇 〜200,000。 -50- 200838917 分子量過小時,所得之成形品或薄膜之強度會降低。 分子量若過大時,溶液黏度會過高,本發明所使用的樹脂 組成物之生產性或加工性會惡化。 又,降冰片燃系聚合物(B)之分子量分佈(Mw/Mn )一般爲1·5〜10,較佳爲2〜8,更佳爲2〜6。 降冰片烯系聚合物(Β)的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg) —般 爲100〜250t,較佳爲110〜22〇t,更佳爲115〜2001 。Tg若過低時,熱變形溫度會過低,而於耐熱性產生問 題,又所得之成形品或薄膜的溫度所引起的光學特性之變 化會有過大之問題。另一方面,Tg過高時,必須提高加 工溫度,藉此樹脂組成物會產生熱劣化。 &lt;樹脂組成物及光學薄膜&gt; 有關本發明的樹脂組成物及光學薄膜爲,上述苯乙烯 系共聚合物(A )與降冰片烯系聚合物(B )之組成比( (A ) / ( B ))以重量比表示時,苯乙烯系共聚合物/降冰 片烯系聚合物= 5/95〜70/30,較佳爲15/85〜60/40,更 佳爲20/8 0〜5 0/50之範圍。苯乙烯系共聚合物(A)的添 加量於上述範圍時,製膜後藉由延伸可得到具有逆波長分 散性之光學薄膜。又,亦可提高薄膜之強度。苯乙烯系共 聚合物(A )之添加量若未達上述下限時,由樹脂組成物 所得之延伸薄膜有時不會顯示逆波長分散性。又,苯乙烯 系共聚合物(A )之添加量若超過上述上限時,所得之樹 脂組成物或光學薄膜之耐熱性會減低,或光學薄膜之強度 -51 - 200838917 會減低。 上述樹脂組成物及光學薄膜亦可進一步含有煙樹脂。 作爲該烴樹脂,可舉出C5系樹脂、C9系樹脂、C5系/匕 系混合樹脂、環五-二烯系樹脂、烯烴/乙烯取代芳香族系 化合物之共聚合物系樹脂、環五-二烯系化合物/乙嫌取代 芳香族系化合物之共聚合物系樹脂、彼等樹脂之氫化物及 乙烯取代芳香族系樹脂之氫化物等。烴樹脂的含有量對於 降冰片烯系聚合物(B ) 100重量份而言,一般爲〇.〇 i〜 5 0重量份,較佳爲0.1〜25重量份。 上述樹脂組成物欲改良耐熱劣化性或耐光性,可添加 下述所示之抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑等。 作爲抗氧化劑,可舉出 2,6-二-t-丁基-4-甲基酚、 2,2’-二氧基-3,3’-二-t-丁基-5,5、二甲基二苯基甲烷、肆[ 伸甲基-3- ( 3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯]甲烷、 1,1,3-參(2-甲基-4-羥基-5-t-丁基苯基)丁烷、1,3,5-三 甲基- 2,4,6·參(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯甲基)苯、硬脂醯 基-β- ( 3,5-二-t-丁基-4_羥基苯基)丙酸酯、2,2’-二氧基· 3,3’-二-t-丁基-5,5’-二乙基苯基甲烷、3,9-雙[1,1-二甲基-2- ( β- ( 3 丁基-4-羥基-5 -甲基苯基)丙酸基)乙基]、 2,4,8,10-四氧雜螺[5.5]十一烷 '參(2,4-二-t-丁基苯基) 磷酸酯、循環新戊烷四基雙(2,4-二-t-丁基苯基)磷酸酯 、環狀新戊烷四基雙(2,6-二-t-丁基-4-甲基苯基)磷酸酯 、2,2_伸甲基雙(4,6-二-t-丁基苯基)辛基磷酸酯。 作爲紫外線吸收劑,可舉出2,4-二羥基二苯甲酮、2- -52- 200838917 羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2·(2Η-苯並三唑-2-基)_4,6_雙 (1-甲基-1-苯基乙基)酚、2· (2H-苯並三唑-2-基)-4,6-二-tert•戊基酚、2-苯並三唑-2-基 4,6-二-tert-丁基酸、 2,2’-伸甲基雙[4-(1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基)-6-[(2H-苯並三 . 唑-2-基)酚]]等。 β 這些添加劑之添加量對於本樹脂組成物1 00重量份而 言,一般爲0·01〜5重量份,較佳爲〇·05〜4重量份。 馨 且,以提咼加工性爲目的可添加滑劑等添加劑。 &lt;樹脂組成物之製造方法&gt; 有關本發明的樹脂組成物,例如可藉由下述(i )〜 (iii)之方法得到。 (i )苯乙烯系共聚合物(A )與降冰片烯系聚合物( B)以任意成分使用二軸壓出機或輥混煉機等進行混合的 方法。 # ( ϋ )於將降冰片烯系聚合物(B )溶解於適當溶劑 之溶液中,添加、混合苯乙烯系共聚合物(A )之方法。 ’ (Hi )苯乙烯系共聚合物(A )或該溶液與降冰片烯 • 系聚合物(B )或該溶液經混合溶解後,使用devolitizer 或extruder等進行脫溶劑之方法。 作爲此時所使用的溶劑,可使用苯乙烯系共聚合物( A)或降冰片烯系聚合物(B)之製造所使用的聚合溶劑 、或光學薄膜的溶劑澆鑄法所使用的一般溶劑。藉由上述 方法所得之樹脂組成物因含有高分子量之聚合物,故可得 -53- 200838917 到薄膜強度優良的光學薄膜。 又’將以上述(π) 、( iii)等所得之樹脂組成物溶 液導入於壓出機中,在壓出機内將該樹脂組成物溶液中的 揮發成分除去後,塑模成薄膜狀或絲狀後,進行後述之熔 融壓出成形(以下,亦僅單稱爲壓出成形),可得到成形 體或光學薄膜。 &lt;光學薄膜之製造方法&gt; 本發明的光學薄膜爲,將上述樹脂組成物藉由溶融成 形法、溶液流延法(溶劑澆鑄法)等成形成薄膜而得到。 作爲溶劑澆鑄法,例如可舉出將上述有關本發明的樹 脂組成物溶解或分散於溶劑中做成適度濃度之液體,注入 於適當載體上、或塗佈並使其乾燥後,由載體剝離之方法 〇 將有關本發明的樹脂組成物溶解或分散於溶劑時,該 樹脂組成物的濃度一般爲1〜90重量%,較佳爲5〜50重 量%,更佳爲1 〇〜3 5重量%。該樹脂的濃度若未達上述時 ,難確保薄膜的厚度,又藉由溶劑蒸發所引起的發泡等會 產生難以得到薄膜之表面平滑性等問題。另一方面,若超 過上述的濃度時,溶液黏度過高時所得之光學薄膜的厚度 或表面難以均勻故不佳。 又,於室溫之上述溶液的黏度一般爲1〜1,〇 00, 〇〇〇 ( mPa · s ),較佳爲 10 〜500,000 (mPa-s),更佳爲 100 〜200,000 ( 111?&amp;.3),特佳爲1,000〜100,000(11^&amp;1 -54- 200838917 作爲此所使用之溶劑,可舉出環己烷、環戊烷、甲基 環己烷等烴系溶劑、苯、甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族系溶劑、 甲基溶纖劑、乙基溶纖劑、1 -甲氧基-2 _丙醇等溶纖劑系 溶劑、二丙酮醇、丙酮、環己酮、甲基乙基酮、4-甲基_ 2-戊醇、甲基異丙酮等酮系溶劑、乳酸甲酯、乙酸甲酯、 乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯等酯系溶劑、二氯甲烷、氯仿等鹵素 含有溶劑、四氫呋喃、二噁烷、二甲氧基乙烷、1,3-二環 氧乙烷等醚系溶劑、1-丁醇、1-戊醇等醇系溶劑。 又,上述以外僅使用SP値(溶解度參數)一般爲1〇 〜30 (MPa1/2),較佳爲 10 〜25 (MPa172 ),更佳爲 15 〜25 ( MPa1/2 ),特佳爲17〜20 ( MPa1/2 )的範圍之溶劑 ,即可得到表面均勻性與光學特性良好之光學薄膜。 上述溶劑可單獨或並用2種以上使用。並用2種以上 溶劑時,將作爲混合物的s p値範圍於上述範圍内爲佳。 此時,作爲混合物之S P値可由該重量比而求得’例如二 種之混合物的情況時,各溶劑之重量分率以w 1w 2表不 ,又S P値以S P1,S P 2表示時,混合溶劑的s p値可藉由 下述式: 計算所得之値而求得。 對於樹脂溶液的調製’將有關本發明的熱可塑性樹脂 -55- 200838917 組成物溶解於溶劑時的溫度,可爲室溫亦可爲高溫。藉由 充分攪拌可得傲均勻的溶液。且,視必要於著色時,溶液 中可適宜地添加染料、顔料等著色劑。 又,欲提高光學薄膜之表面平滑性可添加塗平劑。僅 . 爲一般塗平劑即可使用,例如可使用氟系非離子性界面活 性劑、特殊丙烯酸系塗平劑、矽氧烷系塗平劑等。 作爲本發明的光學薄膜藉由溶劑澆鑄法而製造之方法 φ ,可舉出將上述溶液使用塑模擠壓模或塗佈器塗佈於金屬 滾筒、鋼帶、聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯(PET )或聚萘二甲 酸乙二醇酯(PEN )等聚酯薄膜、聚四氟乙烯製帶等基材 上,其後將溶劑乾燥·除去再自基材剝離薄膜之一般方法 。又,使用噴霧、刷毛、滾筒塗佈、浸泡式塗佈(dipping )等手段,將樹脂組成物溶液塗佈於基材上,其後將溶劑 乾燥•除去後再自基材剝離出薄膜而製造。且藉由重複塗 佈可控制厚度或表面平滑性等。 • 又,作爲基材使用聚酯薄膜時,亦可使用表面經處理 之薄膜。作爲表面處理之方法,可舉出一般進行的親水化 ^ 處理方法,例如將丙烯酸系樹脂或含有磺酸鹼之樹脂塗佈 • 或經層壓製品層合之方法、或藉由電暈放電處理等提高薄 膜表面之親水性的方法等。 上述溶劑澆鑄法的乾燥(溶劑除去)步驟中,並無特 別限定可爲一般所使用的方法,例如可實施介著多數滾筒 通過乾燥爐之方法等,但乾燥步驟中隨著溶劑之蒸發而產 生氣泡時,薄膜的特性會顯著降低,故欲避開此,將乾燥 -56- 200838917 步驟以2段以上之複數步驟進行,且控制各步驟的溫度或 風量爲佳。 又,光學薄膜中的殘留溶劑量一般爲1 〇重量%以下 ,較佳爲5重量%以下,更佳爲2重量%以下,特佳爲1 . 重量%以下。其中,殘留溶劑量爲1 〇重量%以上時,實際 上使用該光學薄膜時,會經時性地使尺寸變化變大而不佳 。又,藉由殘留溶劑會使Tg降低,耐熱性亦會降低故不 • 佳。 且,欲順利地進行後述之延伸步驟,必須將上述殘留 溶劑量適宜地調節成上述範圍内。具體爲,使延伸配向時 的相位差安定使其能均勻地表現,殘留溶劑量一般爲10 〜0.1重量%,較佳爲5〜0.1重量%,更佳爲1〜0 · 1重量 %。因殘留微量溶劑,可使延伸加工容易進行、或相位差 之控制變容易。 本發明的光學薄膜之厚度一般爲0.1〜3,000 μπι,較 • 佳爲〇. 1〜1,〇〇〇 μπι,更佳爲1〜5 00 μπι,最佳爲5〜300 μπι。未達〇·1 μπι之厚度時,實質上處理較困難。另一方 面,若爲3,000 μπι以上時,難以捲成滾筒狀。 ' 本發明的光學薄膜之厚度分佈一般對於平均値而言爲 士20%以内,較佳爲土10%以内,更佳爲土5%以内,特佳爲 ±3 %以内。又,每icm厚度之變動一般爲1〇%以下,較佳 爲5%以下,更佳爲1%以下,特佳爲0.5%以下。藉由實 施相關厚度控制,可得到均質光學薄膜之同時,可防止延 伸配向時的透過光之相位差不均。 -57- 200838917 作爲壓出成形法,可藉由壓出機使樹脂熔融,藉由齒 輪幫浦做定量供給,將此以金屬過濾器進行過濾後除去不 純物’以塑模賦予薄膜形狀,一般使用拉取機使薄膜冷卻 ,使用捲取機進行捲取的方法。 作爲使用於壓出成形之壓出機,可使用單軸、二軸、 遊星式、熔融混煉機、班伯里混煉機型式等任一種,較佳 爲使用單軸壓出機。又,作爲壓出機之螺旋形狀,可爲排 出口型、杜魯梅頭型、雙螺旋型、全螺旋型、障礙型等, 作爲壓縮型式,可爲緩壓縮型式、急壓縮型式等,以全螺 旋緩壓縮型式或障礙型爲佳。 有關使用於計量之齒輪幫浦,將在齒輪之間由下流側 返回之樹脂,裝入系統內之内部潤滑方式、與排出於外部 的外部潤滑方式,但熱安定性非良好之降冰片烯系聚合物 的情況以外部潤滑方式爲佳。齒輪幫浦之齒輪齒的分割方 式爲,對於軸而言,與平行方向相比較,螺旋型式由計量 安定化的觀點來看較佳。 有關使用於異物過濾的過濾器,可舉出活性盤狀型式 、燭濾器型式、活動型式、過篩等,以滯留時間分佈比較 小,可擴大過濾面積的活性盤狀型式者爲佳。作爲過濾器 元件,可舉出金屬纖維燒結型式、金屬粉末燒結型式、金 屬纖維/粉末層合型式等。 過濾器中心孔之形狀可舉出外流型式、六角柱内部流 動型式、圓柱内部流動型式等,但滯留部爲較小形狀即可 ,可選擇任一種形狀。 -58- 200838917 經熔融的樹脂由塑模吐出,於冷卻滾筒經密著固化後 成形爲作爲目的之薄膜。有關塑模形狀,必須使塑模内部 之樹脂流動成均勻,欲保持薄膜厚度之均勻性,在塑模出 口近傍的塑模内部之壓力分佈必須於寬方向呈一定。又, ^ 於寬方向之樹脂的流量幾乎一定,於塑模出口之流量的微 調整藉由唇型開度進行,於可調整的範圍內保持一定時, 對於得到厚度均勻性而言爲必須要件。欲滿足上述條件的 Φ 歧管形狀以衣架型式爲佳,直歧管、魚尾式等因容易產生 在寬方向之流量分佈等而不佳。 又,欲使上述薄膜之厚度分佈成均勻,將在塑模出口 之溫度分佈於寬方向爲一定係爲重要之要素,溫度分佈較 佳爲±1°C以下,更佳爲±0.5°C以下。超過:U°C時,於寬方 向會產生溫度不均,產生樹脂之熔融黏度差,使厚度不均 、應力分佈不均等,實施延伸操作的過程中,容易產生相 位差不均而不佳。 • 且,塑模出口的唇型開量(以下,稱爲「唇隙(lip gap)」。)一般爲 0.3 〜1.5 mm,較佳爲 0.3 〜1.2 mm, 更佳爲〇·35〜1.0 mm。唇隙(lip gap)若未達0.3 mm, • 塑模内部之樹脂壓力若過高時,樹脂會由塑模唇型以外的 地方引起樹脂外漏而不佳。另一方面,唇隙(lip gap )若 超過1.5 mm時,因塑模的樹脂壓力難以上升,故薄膜之 寬方向的厚度均勻性會惡化而不佳。 作爲將由塑模壓出之薄膜進行密著固化的方法,可舉 出夾輥方式、靜電外加方式、氣刀方式、真空方式、壓延 -59- 200838917 方式等,薄膜厚度依據用途,可選擇適當方式。 對於欲將由塑模壓出之薄膜進行固化的冷卻輥表面, 與壓出機量筒、塑模擠壓模内面等同樣地,進行各種表面 處理爲佳。 作爲壓出機(量筒•螺旋等)、塑模擠壓模之材質, 可舉出SCM系鋼鉄、SUS等不鏽鋼材等,但未僅限定於 此。又,壓出機量筒、塑模擠壓模的内面以及壓出機螺旋 表面上,使用施予鉻、鎳、鈦等鍍敷者、藉由PVD ( Physical Vapor Deposition )法等形成 TiN、TiAIN、TiCN 、CrN、DLC (鑽石狀碳)等被膜者、WC等鎢系物質、 金屬陶瓷等陶瓷經溶射者、表面經氮化處理者爲佳。如此 表面處理因可減少與樹脂之摩擦係數,而得到均勻樹脂之 熔融狀態的觀點來看較佳。 作爲製造本發明的光學薄膜時的樹脂溫度(壓出機量 筒溫度),一般爲200〜350 °C,較佳爲220〜320 °C。樹 脂溫度若未達200°C,樹脂組成物無法均勻熔融,另一方 面若超過3 5 0°C時,熔融時樹脂組成物會熱劣化而難以製 造表面性優良的高品質薄膜。且,於上述溫度範圍内,對 於樹脂組成物之玻璃轉移溫度(Tg ),於Tg + 120°C〜Tg + 160°C之範圍内的溫度爲特佳。例如樹脂組成物之Tg僅 爲130°C,對於薄膜製造爲特佳的溫度範圍爲2 50°C〜 290 °C。本發明的樹脂組成物即使於如上述高溫下亦可抑 制薄膜之結晶化(白濁)而具有優良相溶性,故壓出成形 性爲良好。作爲壓出特性之指標,所使用的樹脂組成物之 -60- 200838917 260°C中的熔體流動速率(MFR)爲l〇〜20〇g/10min,較 佳爲15〜150g/10min,特佳爲30〜120g/10min。又,熔 體流動速率値於樹脂組成物全體爲一定時較佳,該偏差較 佳爲±10%以内,特佳爲士5 %以内。使熔體流動速率値爲一 定時,可抑制壓出加工時的壓力變動,而可得到膜厚均勻 性優良的薄膜。 又,作爲熔融壓出時之剪斷速度,一般爲1〜500( Ι/sec),較佳爲 2〜350 ( Ι/sec),更佳爲 5〜200 ( 1/sec )。壓出時的剪斷速度未達1 (1/sec)時,無法均勻地熔 融樹脂組成物,無法得到厚度不均較小的壓出薄膜,另一 方面若超過500(1 /sec)時,剪斷力會過大,樹脂及添加 物會分解•劣化,於壓出薄膜表面上產生發泡、塑模線、 附著物等缺陷。 本發明的光學薄膜之厚度一般爲1〇〜8 00 μιη,較佳 爲、20〜500 μιη,更佳爲40〜500 μπι。未達10 μιη之厚 度時,機械強度不足等而使延伸加工等後加工難以進行’ 另一方面,若超過8 0 0 μιη之厚度時,不僅難以製造厚度 或表面性等均勻的薄膜,所得之薄膜亦難以捲取。 本發明的輥薄膜(ROLLED WEB FILM)之厚度分佈 一般對於平均値而言爲土5%以内,較佳爲±3%以内,更佳 爲土 1 %以内。厚度分佈若超過± 5 %時,進行延伸處理作爲 光學薄膜時,容易產生相位差不均。 &lt;延伸薄膜&gt; -61 - 200838917 有關本發明的延伸薄膜可藉由將上述方法所得之本發 明的光學薄膜進一步經加熱延伸加工而得到,可作爲對透 過光賦予相位差之薄膜使用。具體可藉由公知之一軸延伸 法、二軸延伸法、Z軸延伸法而製造。即可使用藉由拉幅 . 法之橫一軸延伸法、輥間壓縮延伸法'利用圓周速度相異 , 的輥之縱一軸延伸法等、或組合橫一軸與縱一軸的二軸延 伸法、藉由吹塑法之延伸法等。 Φ 一軸延伸法的情況爲,延伸速度一般爲1〜5,000%/ 分鐘,較佳爲50〜1,000%/分鐘,更佳爲1〇〇〜1,〇〇〇%/分 鐘。 二軸延伸法的情況爲,於同時2方向進行延伸之情況 、或一軸延伸後與於最初延伸方向相異方向進行延伸處理 之情況。此時,欲控制折射率楕圓體之形狀的2個延伸軸 之相交角度因取決於所望之特性,故無特別限定,一般爲 120〜60度之範圍。又,延伸速度於各延伸方向爲相同或 • 相異,一般爲1〜5,000%/分鐘,較佳爲50〜1,000%/分鐘 ,更佳爲1〇〇〜1,〇〇〇%/分鐘,特佳爲1〇〇〜500%/分鐘。 延伸加工溫度雖非特別經限定者,以含有苯乙烯系聚 / 合物(A)與降冰片烯系聚合物(B)之樹脂組成物的玻 璃轉移溫度 Tg作爲基準。一般爲 Tg±30°C,較佳爲 Tg±15°C,更佳爲Tg-5〜Tg+ 15°C之範圍。使其於前述範 圍内時,可抑制相位差不均之產生。且本說明書中的樹脂 組成物之玻璃轉移溫度係爲依據日本工業規格K7 121所 求得之補外玻璃轉移開始溫度’本發明的樹脂組成物因苯 -62- 200838917 乙烯系聚合物(A )與降冰片烯系聚合物(B )之相溶性 優良,固爲可測定之値。又,本發明的樹脂組成物即使藉 由如此高溫進行延伸加工,藉由控制構成苯乙烯系共聚合 物(A )之各結構單位的含有率,可抑制薄膜結晶化或相 分離所引起的薄膜透過率降低及白濁,賦予優良相溶性, 加熱延伸加工性亦良好。 延伸倍率取決於所望特性,並無特別限定,一般爲 1.0 1〜10倍,較佳爲1.03〜5倍,更佳爲1.03〜3倍。延 伸倍率若爲1 〇倍以上時,相位差之控制較爲困難。 經延伸的薄膜可直接冷卻,但於Tg-20°c〜Tg之溫度 環境下至少設定10秒以上,較佳爲30秒〜60分鐘,更 佳爲1分鐘〜60分鐘之加熱系統爲佳。藉此,透過光的 相位差之經時變化較少,可得到安定之光學薄膜。 未施行延伸加工的本發明之光學薄膜的加熱引起的尺 寸收縮率,於100°C下加熱500小時時,一般爲5%以下, 較佳爲3%以下,更佳爲1%以下,特佳爲0.5%以下。 又,本發明的延伸薄膜之加熱引起的尺寸收縮率,於 1 〇〇 °C下加熱500小時時,一般爲10%以下,較佳爲5%以 下,更佳爲3%以下,特佳爲1%以下。 欲使尺寸收縮率於上述範圍内,本發明中的單體(6 )之選擇或其他共聚合性單體之選擇以外,調整延伸方法 之條件亦爲有力手段。 如上述所得之延伸薄膜爲藉由延伸而使分子配向並於 透過光賦予相位差,該相位差可藉由延伸倍率、延伸溫度 -63- 200838917 或薄膜厚度等來控制。例如延伸前的薄膜厚度爲相同時, 延伸倍率越大的薄膜’透過光之相位差的絶對値有越大的 傾向,故藉由變更延伸倍率,可得到賦予所望相位差之透 過光的光學薄膜。另一方面,延伸倍率爲相同時,延伸前 之薄膜厚度越厚,透過光的相位差之絶對値有越大之傾向 ,故藉由變更延伸前之薄膜厚度,可得到賦予所望相位差 之透過光的光學薄膜。又,上述延伸加工溫度範圍中,延 伸溫度越低,透過光的相位差之絶對値有越大的傾向,故 藉由變更延伸溫度可得到賦予所望相位差之透過光的光學 薄膜。 延伸薄膜對透過光賦予相位差之値,因取決於其用途 ,故無特別限定,使用於液晶顯示元件或電致發光顯示元 件或雷射光學系之波長板時,——般爲1〜1 0,000 nm,較佳 爲 10〜2,000 nm,更佳爲 15 〜l,000 nm。 又,透過延伸薄膜之光的相位差之均勻性較高爲佳, 波長5 5 0 nm中之相位差的偏差,一般爲±2 0%以下,較佳 爲10%以下,更佳爲±5%以下。即,波長550 nm中之相 位差對於一般平均値而言爲土20%以下,較佳爲10%以下 ,更佳爲士5%以下之範圍内。相位差的偏差若超過士20%時 ,使用於液晶顯示元件等時,會產生色不均等,而使顯示 器本體之性能惡化。 且,有關本發明的光學薄膜爲,在波長650 nm之相 位差Re ( 650 )與在波長450 nm之相位差Re ( 450 )的 比(Re(650) /Re(450))爲 1.8〜1,較佳爲 1.7〜1, -64- 200838917 更佳爲1.6〜1之範圍。滿足如此條件的光學薄膜中,將 於波長λ之相位差作爲Re ( λ )時,在400〜800 11111之全 波長區域,可使Re (λ) /λ的値幾乎成爲一定。 &lt;偏光板&gt; 本發明的光學薄膜不僅可單獨地被使用,亦可貼合於 透明基板等,作爲偏光板使用。又,可將偏光板層合於其 他薄膜、薄片、基板使用。層合時,可使用黏著劑或接著 劑。作爲這些黏著劑、接著劑以透明性優良者爲佳,作爲 具體例可舉出混合天然橡膠、合成橡膠、乙酸乙烯/氯化 乙烯共聚物、聚乙烯醚、丙烯酸系、變性聚烯烴系、及彼 等中添加異氰酸酯等硬化劑之硬化型黏著劑、聚尿烷系樹 脂溶液與聚異氰酸酯系樹脂溶液之乾燥層合用接著劑、合 成橡膠系接著劑、環氧基系接著劑等。 又,上述偏光板爲欲提高與其他薄膜片、基板等之層 合作業性,可預先層合黏著劑層、或接著劑層。層合時, 作爲黏著劑或接著劑可使用如前述之黏著劑或接著劑。 &lt;液晶顯示裝置之其他光學零件&gt; 本發明的光學薄膜可使用於液晶顯示裝置,可進一步 地改善液晶顯示裝置之顯示特性。作爲液晶顯示裝置,例 如可舉出手機、數位情報終端、呼叫器、衛星導航、車用 液晶顯示器、液晶螢幕、調光面板、〇Α機器用顯示器、 AV機窃用顯币器等各種液晶顯示裝置。 -65- 200838917 又,藉由使用本發明的樹脂組成物 得到種種光學零件。作爲光學零件,可 面•圓筒鏡片等各種特殊鏡片、介電體 、波長板等。 射出成形可使用過去公知之方法。 樹脂組成物於加熱量筒中進行加熱•混 加熱量筒對金屬模具内進行加壓下射出 具内經冷卻•固化,藉由壓出裝置壓出 由改變所使用的金屬模具結構,可得到 學零件。此時的樹脂之熔融溫度與上述 溫度相同者爲佳。 【實施方式】 [實施例] 以下,依據實施例對本發明做更具 明並非受限於彼等實施例者。且,以下 中,「份」及「%」並無特別限定下表 重量%」。又,室溫爲25 °C。且所使用 氮下的起泡及脫水,使水分含有量爲1 以下實施例、比較例中,各種測定 [聚合反應率] 於鋁製容器中將秤量過的聚合 進行射出成形,可 舉出圓錐鏡片或球 反射鏡或金反射鏡 例如,將本發明的 煉並熔融,藉由該 。其後,於金屬模 ,得到成形品。藉 具有種種形狀之光 壓出成形時的熔融 體之說明,但本發 的實施例及比較例 示「重量份」及^ 的試藥皆進行乾燥 ppm以下者。 及評估如以下進行 應溶液,於加熱 -66- 200838917 3 〇 0 °C之加熱板上加熱至恆溫,除去殘留單體及溶劑後, 測量殘留之聚合物重量,由與聚合物生成量之比求得理論 之反應率。 . [聚合物分子結構]5-methyl-5-phenoxycarbonylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene [Chem. 17] COOPh U/Me monomer (6), at least one of c and d of the above formula (6) a compound other than 0, preferably at least one monomer representing a compound of 1 (hereinafter also referred to as "multinuclear body") of c and d, and copolymerization with a monomer (i-a') (i_a') has a low reactivity, so the polymerization conversion or lower, or a large amount of monomer (i-a') will remain in the reaction system in the late stage of polymerization, and it is feared that polymerization will only be produced from the monomer (ia,). chain. Since the polymerization chain derived only from the monomer (ία') is difficult to carry out the hydrogenation reaction as described later, it is preferable to suppress the formation of the polymer chain. As a method for solving this problem, a polymerization method in which a multi-nuclear body is added successively or continuously is mentioned. Specifically, a method of batch-polymerizing a part of a multi-nuclear body with a monomer (i-a'), adding or continuously adding a multi-nuclear body-42-200838917, or a multi-nuclear body from the start to the end of the reaction may be mentioned. A method in which a mixture of monomers (ia,) is added sequentially or continuously, and the like. The copolymerization reactivity ratio can be calculated by a well-known method, a curve method obtained by the Fineman-Ross method, or by a integral formula of the May 〇-L ewis method (Taijin Longxing, Muxia Yayue, Chemical Fellow, 12th Seal, Experimental method for polymer synthesis, ppl83~189). As a particularly preferable specific example, it is as follows. The polynuclear body is 8-methyl-8-methoxycarbonyltetracyclo[4.4·0·12'5·17'1()]-3-dodecene, and the monomer (ia,) is 5-methoxy When a carbonylcarbonylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene is obtained by the Fineman-Ross method, the copolymerization reactivity ratio at 80 ° C, 8-methyl-8.methoxycarbonyltetracyclic [4·4·0·12'5·17'1()]-3-dodecene is 2.1,5-methoxycarbonylbicyclo[2·2·1]hept-2-ene is 1.0. In other words, the multinuclear body is consumed at a rate of 2-1 times the monomer (ia), so that it is particularly preferable to charge the component monomer (ia,)··multinuclear body 2·· 2.1 (mol%) as Preferably, the polynuclear body is 1 to 4 mol for the monomer (i - a ') 1 m ο 1 . It is preferred to add a multinuclear body from the beginning to the end of the reaction while maintaining the composition of the range. [Copolymerizable monomer] The monomer (6) can be subjected to ring-opening polymerization alone, and the monomer (6) can be further subjected to ring-opening copolymerization with another copolymerizable monomer. Specific examples of the above-mentioned copolymerizable monomer include cyclic olefins such as cyclobutene, cyclopentene, cycloheptene and cyclooctene. The carbon number of the cyclic olefin is preferably 4 to 20, more preferably 4 to 12. And the main chain containing polybutadiene, polyisoprene, styrene-butadiene copolymer-43-200838917, ethylene-non-conjugated-diene copolymer, polynorbornene and the like contains carbon. The monomer (6) can be subjected to ring-opening polymerization in the presence of an unsaturated hydrocarbon polymer such as a carbon double bond. The ring-opening copolymer obtained at this time and its hydrogenated copolymer can be used as a raw material of a resin composition having a large impact resistance. The above-mentioned ring-opening polymer (a (co)polymer having a structural unit represented by the formula (II)) may be used in the presence of a ring-opening polymerization catalyst, if necessary, a molecular weight modifier and a solvent for ring-opening polymerization. The above monomer (6) and, if necessary, a copolymerizable monomer are obtained by ring-opening (co)polymerization by a conventionally known method. Further, when the monomer (6) and the copolymerizable monomer are copolymerized, the total amount of the monomer (6) and the copolymerizable monomer is 1% by weight based on the total amount of the monomer (6). Typically, it is 50% by weight or more, preferably 60% by weight or more, more preferably 70% by weight or more, and 1% by weight or less, and the copolymerizable monomer is 0% by weight or more, and usually 50% by weight. /. Hereinafter, it is preferred to carry out the copolymerization at a ratio of preferably 40% by weight or less, more preferably 30% by weight or less. The ring-opening polymer used in the present invention is preferably a monomer of the monomer (6) or a copolymer of two or more monomers (6). &lt;Open-loop (co)polymerization catalyst&gt; As a catalyst for ring-opening (co)polymerization used in the present invention, Olefin Metathesis and Metathesis Polymerizati on (KJ·IVIN, JC. MOL, Academic Press 1 997 can be used). The recorded touch is -44- 200838917. As such a catalyst, for example, at least one compound selected from the group consisting of (a) w, Mo, Re, V, and Ti, and (b) Li, Na, K, Mg, Ca, Zn, Cd, Hg, B, and A1. Examples of the compound such as Si, Sn, and Pb include a metathesis polymerization catalyst selected from at least one selected from the group consisting of at least one element-carbon bond or the element-hydrogen bond. The catalyst is intended to increase the activity of the catalyst, and may be added to the additive (c) described later. Further, as another catalyst, a metathesis catalyst composed of a transition metal-polyacetylene complex or a metal cyclobutane complex of the Group 4 to Group 8 of the periodic table without using (d) a catalyst may be used. Representative examples of the compound of the above-mentioned (a) component, such as W, Mo, Re, V, and Ti, are those described in JP-A No. 1 - 2405 No. 1-7, such as WC16, MoC15, ReOCl3, VOCl3, and TiCl4. Examples of the component (b) include n-C4H9Li, (C2H5)3A1, (C2H5)2A1C1, (C^HOuAlCh.s, (C2H5)A1C12, methylaluminum oxide, and LiH, etc. 1 - 2405 1 7 The compound described in the bulletin. # As an additive ((a representative example of an anthracene component, alcohol, aldehyde, ketone, amine, etc. may be used, and it is also possible to use the special Kaiping 1 - 2405 1 7) The compound shown: • As a representative example of the above catalyst (d), W(=N-2,6-C6H3iPr2)(=CHtBu)(OtBu)2, Mo(=N-2,6-C6H3iPr2) (=CHtBu)(OtBu)2, Ru(=CHCH=CPh2)(PPh3)2Cl2, Ru(=CHPh)(PC6Hi i )2C12, etc. o As the amount of metathesis catalyst used, the above (a) component and the whole single The body (monomer (6) total amount and other copolymerizable monomers (hereinafter, the same) -45- 200838917 Moer ratio "(a) component: all monomer" generally becomes 1 ·· 500 〜i : 500,000 The range is preferably 1: 1,000 to 1: range of 1 00,000. When the ratio of the component to the component (b) is expressed by the atomic ratio of the metal, "(a) : (b)" is 1:1 to 1:100. , preferably 1:2 ~ 1:50 _ of the 81 ° and 'the metathesis catalyst When the above (c) additive is added, when the ratio of the component (a) to the component (e) is expressed by the molar ratio, "(c) • (a)" is 0.005: 1 to 15: 1, preferably 0.05: 1 to 7: 1 # range. The amount of 'catalyst (d) used is, when (d) component is expressed as the molar ratio of all monomers, '(d) component · all monomeric is generally 1 , · 50~1 • 1 0 0, 0 0 0 range, preferably 1: 1 0 0~1 : 5 0,0 0 0 range. &lt;Molecular weight modifier&gt; The molecular weight of the ring-opening (co)polymer can be adjusted by the polymerization temperature, the type of the catalyst, and the kind of the solvent. In the present invention, the molecular weight modifier is coexisted in the reaction system and adjusted to good. Here, as a preferred molecular weight® modifier, for example, ethylene, propylene, 1-butene, 1-pentene, hexene, 1-heptene, 1-octene, decene, decene, and decene can be mentioned. Others such as α-olefins, styrene, vinyl toluene, etc., styrenes, allyl acetic acid, allylbenzene, etc., among which are compounds such as butene, 1 hexene and i-octene. good. In these molecules, the e-week agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The amount of the molecular weight regulator used is 0 00 1 to 0.6 mole, preferably 〇 〇 2 to 〇 5 mol, for the total monomer 1 mol supplied to the ring-opening (co)polymerization. -46- 200838917 &lt;Solvent for ring-opening (co)polymerization&gt; The solvent used in the ring-opening (co)polymerization reaction, that is, the solvent for dissolving the norbornene-based monomer, the metathesis catalyst, and the molecular weight modifier, for example, Petroleum ether 'pentane, hexane, heptane, octane, decane, decane, etc. hydrocarbons; cyclopentane, cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane, cycloheptane, cyclooctane, decalin , cyclic hydrocarbons such as borneol; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, cumene, chlorobenzene; dichloromethane, dichloroethane, chlorobutane, chloroform, tetrachloro Halogenated hydrocarbons such as ethylene; esters of methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, η-butyl acetate, iS0-butyl acetate, methyl propionate; dibutyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane, dioxane Ethers; N,N-1 1 dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, etc., which may be used singly or in combination. In the present invention, aromatic hydrocarbons are preferred. The amount of the solvent to be used is generally 0.5:1 to 20:1, preferably 0.5:1 to 10:1, in terms of "solvent: all monomer (weight ratio)". [Hydrogenation] In the present invention, the norbornene-based polymer (B) can be produced only by the above ring-opening polymerization, and the ring-opening polymer obtained by ring-opening polymerization can be further hydrogenated. In the ring-opening polymerization only, the norbornene-based polymer obtained is one in which the X in the structural unit (II) represented by the above formula (II) is in the form of an olefinic unsaturated group represented by the formula: -CH=CH-. The related ring-opening polymer can be used as it is, but from the viewpoint of heat stability, the above olefinic unsaturated group is hydrogenated, and the hydride of the above-mentioned X-converted to -CH2-CH2- is -47-200838917 . However, the hydride in the present invention is a hydrogenated one of the above olefinic unsaturated groups, and the aromatic ring having a side chain of the norbornene-based monomer is substantially unhydrogenated. Further, as the ratio of hydrogenation, 90% by mole or more of X in the above structural unit (II) is preferably 95% or more, and more preferably 97% or more. The higher the ratio of hydrogenation, the better by the coloring or deterioration of heat. In the production method, the hydrogenation reaction must be carried out under conditions in which the aromatic ring of the side chain which is the monomer (6) is substantially unhydrogenated. Therefore, it is preferred to add a hydrogenation catalyst to the solution of the ring-opening polymer, preferably at a pressure of from 3 to 3 MPa, preferably from 2 to 20 MPa, more preferably from 3 to 18 MPa. As the hydrogenation catalyst, a user of a hydrogenation reaction of a general olefinic compound can be used. As the hydrogenation catalyst, any of known heterogeneous catalysts and in-phase catalysts can be used. Examples of the heterogeneous catalyst include a solid catalyst in which a heavy metal catalyst such as a pin, platinum, nickel, rhodium or ruthenium is supported on a carrier such as carbon, cerium oxide, aluminum oxide or titanium oxide. Further, examples of the in-phase catalyst include nickel naphthenate/triethylaluminum, bis(ethylidene propylene)nickel (iridium)/triethylaluminum, cobalt octylate/η-butyllithium, and ferrocene. Titanium dichloride/diethyl molybdenum monochloride, cerium acetate, chloroform (triphenylphosphine) ruthenium, dichloro ginseng (triphenylphosphine) ruthenium, chlorohydrin carbonyl (triphenylphosphine) ruthenium, two Chlorocarbonyl ginseng (diphenylphosphine) ruthenium and the like can be mentioned. The form of the catalyst can be powder or granular. Further, the hydrogenation catalyst may be used singly or in combination of two or more. These hydrogenation catalysts are such that the aromatic ring of the side chain which is intended to make the monomer (6) or other monomer is substantially unhydrogenated, and the amount of addition thereof must be adjusted, generally -48 - 200838917 "open-loop (co)polymer) The hydrogenation catalyst (weight ratio) is preferably 1: 1 X 1 (used at a ratio of Γ6 to 1:2. As a purification method, the same method as the styrene copolymer (A) can be used. In the present invention, the norbornene-based polymer (B) may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds of the above-mentioned ring-opening (co)polymer and hydrogenated polymer. The addition (co)polymer of the monomer (6) and the addition (co)polymer of the monomer (6) and the unsaturated double bond-containing compound. The one or more of the above-mentioned monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The addition (co)polymer formed by the (co)polymerization of the monomer (6) can be obtained by a conventionally known method. Further, the above monomer (6) and the compound containing an unsaturated double bond are 100 in total. The monomer (6) is generally 50 to 90% by weight, preferably 6 by weight. 0 to 90% by weight, more preferably 70 to 90% by weight, and the compound containing an unsaturated double bond is usually 10 to 50% by weight, preferably 1 to 40% by weight, more preferably 1 to 30% by weight. In the case of the above-mentioned unsaturated double bond-containing compound, for example, an olefin-based compound having a carbon number of 2 to 12, preferably 2 to 8 such as ethylene, propylene or butylene is used as the monomer. (6) The catalyst used in the copolymerization reaction with the compound containing an unsaturated double bond may be a catalyst formed of a vanadium compound and an organoaluminum compound. Examples of the vanadium compound include V〇(〇R). aXb or -49- 200838917 V(OR)eXd (however, R represents a hydrocarbon group, 〇Sa$3, 0Sb$3, 2Sa + bS3, OSc'4, 〇Sd$4, 3Sc+d€4) not a hungry compound, or The electron donor is an electron donor, and examples of the electron donor include an alcohol, a phenol, a ketone, an aldehyde, a carboxylic acid, an ester of an organic acid or an inorganic acid, an ether, an acid amide, an acid anhydride, or an alkoxy decane. An electron donor, a nitrogen-containing electron donor such as ammonia, an amine, a nitrile or an isocyanate, etc., as the organic compound, An organoaluminum compound selected from the group consisting of compounds having at least one aluminum-carbon bond or aluminum-hydrogen bond. The ratio of the vanadium compound to the organoaluminum compound in the above catalyst is the ratio of aluminum atoms to the vanadium atom (A1) /V) is generally 2 or more, preferably 2 to 50, and particularly preferably 3 to 20. Examples of the solvent used in the copolymerization reaction include pentane, hexane, heptane, and octane. Hydrocarbons such as decane and decane; cyclic hydrocarbons such as cyclohexane and methylcyclohexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene; and halogen derivatives thereof. Among them, cyclohexane and methylcyclohexane An alkane is preferred. As the purification method, the same method as the above styrene-based copolymer (A) can be employed. The norbornene-based polymer (B) used in the present invention has a logarithmic viscosity (11) of 0. 3 to 2.0 dL as measured in a chlorobenzene solution (concentration 〇. 5 g/dL) at 30 °C. /g is better. Further, the polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight (??) measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) of the norbornene-based polymer (B) is usually 1,000 to 500,000, preferably 3,000. 3 00,000, more preferably 5,000 to 100, 00, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is generally from 10,000 to 1,000,000, preferably from 20,000 to 500,000, more preferably from 30, 〇〇〇 to 200,000. -50- 200838917 When the molecular weight is too small, the strength of the obtained molded article or film is lowered. If the molecular weight is too large, the viscosity of the solution may be too high, and the productivity or workability of the resin composition used in the present invention may be deteriorated. Further, the molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn) of the norbornene-based polymer (B) is usually from 1 to 5 to 10, preferably from 2 to 8, more preferably from 2 to 6. The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the norbornene-based polymer (Β) is generally from 100 to 250 t, preferably from 110 to 22 Torr, more preferably from 115 to 2001. When the Tg is too low, the heat distortion temperature is too low, and there is a problem that the heat resistance is caused, and the optical characteristics caused by the temperature of the obtained molded article or film are excessively large. On the other hand, when the Tg is too high, the processing temperature must be increased, whereby the resin composition is thermally deteriorated. &lt;Resin composition and optical film&gt; The resin composition and optical film of the present invention are composition ratios of the above styrene-based copolymer (A) and norbornene-based polymer (B) ((A) / (B)) When expressed by weight ratio, the styrene-based copolymer/norbornene-based polymer = 5/95 to 70/30, preferably 15/85 to 60/40, more preferably 20/8 0 ~5 0/50 range. When the amount of the styrene-based copolymer (A) to be added is in the above range, an optical film having reverse wavelength dispersion can be obtained by stretching after film formation. Moreover, the strength of the film can also be increased. When the amount of the styrene-based copolymer (A) added is less than the above lower limit, the stretched film obtained from the resin composition may not exhibit reverse wavelength dispersibility. When the amount of the styrene-based copolymer (A) added exceeds the above upper limit, the heat resistance of the obtained resin composition or optical film is lowered, or the strength of the optical film -51 - 200838917 is lowered. The resin composition and the optical film may further contain a smoky resin. Examples of the hydrocarbon resin include a C5-based resin, a C9-based resin, a C5-based/fluorene-based mixed resin, a cyclopentadiene-based resin, a copolymer-based resin of an olefin/ethylene-substituted aromatic compound, and a ring five- A diene-based compound/a copolymer-substituted resin of a substituted aromatic compound, a hydrogenated product of the same, a hydrogenated product of an ethylene-substituted aromatic resin, and the like. The content of the hydrocarbon resin is usually from 0.1 to 50 parts by weight, preferably from 0.1 to 25 parts by weight, per 100 parts by weight of the norbornene-based polymer (B). The resin composition is preferably modified to have heat resistance deterioration resistance or light resistance, and an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber or the like described below may be added. Examples of the antioxidant include 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-methylphenol, 2,2'-dioxy-3,3'-di-t-butyl-5, 5, and 2. Methyl diphenylmethane, hydrazine [methyl-3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate] methane, 1,1,3-para (2-A) 4-hydroxy-5-t-butylphenyl)butane, 1,3,5-trimethyl-2,4,6·g (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyl Benzyl)benzene, stearyl-β-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, 2,2'-dioxy-3,3'-di -t-butyl-5,5'-diethylphenylmethane, 3,9-bis[1,1-dimethyl-2-(β-(3 butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methyl) Phenyl)propionate)ethyl], 2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro[5.5]undecane's (2,4-di-t-butylphenyl) phosphate, new cycle Pentanetetrakis(2,4-di-t-butylphenyl)phosphate, cyclic neopentyltetrakis(2,6-di-t-butyl-4-methylphenyl)phosphoric acid Ester, 2,2-extended methyl bis(4,6-di-t-butylphenyl)octyl phosphate. Examples of the ultraviolet absorber include 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, 2-52-200838917 hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, and 2·(2Η-benzotriazol-2-yl). )_4,6_bis(1-methyl-1-phenylethyl)phenol, 2·(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-4,6-di-tert•pentylphenol, 2- Benzotriazol-2-yl 4,6-di-tert-butyl acid, 2,2'-methyl-bis[4-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)-6- [(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)phenol]] and the like. The amount of the additives to be added is usually from 0.01 to 5 parts by weight, preferably from 5.00 to 4 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the resin composition. In addition, additives such as a slip agent can be added for the purpose of improving the processability. &lt;Method for Producing Resin Composition&gt; The resin composition of the present invention can be obtained, for example, by the following methods (i) to (iii). (i) A method in which a styrene-based copolymer (A) and a norbornene-based polymer (B) are mixed in an arbitrary component using a biaxial extruder or a roll kneader. #( ϋ ) A method in which a norbornene-based polymer (B) is dissolved in a solution of a suitable solvent to add and mix a styrene-based copolymer (A). The (Hi) styrene-based copolymer (A) or the solution and the norbornene-based polymer (B) or the solution are mixed and dissolved, and then desolvated by a devolitizer or an extruder. As the solvent to be used in this case, a polymerization solvent used for the production of the styrene-based copolymer (A) or the norbornene-based polymer (B) or a general solvent used in the solvent casting method of the optical film can be used. Since the resin composition obtained by the above method contains a polymer having a high molecular weight, an optical film excellent in film strength can be obtained from -53 to 200838917. Further, the resin composition solution obtained by the above (π), (iii) or the like is introduced into an extruder, and the volatile component in the resin composition solution is removed in an extruder, and then molded into a film or a wire. After the shape, the melt extrusion molding (hereinafter, simply referred to as extrusion molding) is carried out to obtain a molded body or an optical film. &lt;Production Method of Optical Film&gt; The optical film of the present invention is obtained by forming a film by a melt forming method, a solution casting method (solvent casting method), or the like. The solvent casting method may, for example, be a liquid in which the resin composition of the present invention is dissolved or dispersed in a solvent to have a moderate concentration, and is injected into a suitable carrier, or coated and dried, and then peeled off from the carrier. When the resin composition of the present invention is dissolved or dispersed in a solvent, the concentration of the resin composition is generally from 1 to 90% by weight, preferably from 5 to 50% by weight, more preferably from 1 to 35% by weight. . If the concentration of the resin is less than the above, it is difficult to ensure the thickness of the film, and foaming due to evaporation of the solvent may cause problems such as difficulty in obtaining surface smoothness of the film. On the other hand, when the above concentration is exceeded, the thickness or surface of the optical film obtained when the viscosity of the solution is too high is difficult to be uniform, which is not preferable. Further, the viscosity of the above solution at room temperature is generally 1 to 1, 〇00, 〇〇〇(mPa·s), preferably 10 to 500,000 (mPa-s), more preferably 100 to 200,000 (111?&amp;;3), particularly preferably from 1,000 to 100,000 (11^&amp;1 -54-200838917) The solvent used herein may, for example, be a hydrocarbon solvent such as cyclohexane, cyclopentane or methylcyclohexane. , an aromatic solvent such as benzene, toluene or xylene, methyl cellosolve, ethyl cellosolve, cellosolve such as 1-methoxy-2-propanol, diacetone alcohol, acetone, cyclohexane a ketone solvent such as a ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, 4-methyl-2-pentanol or methyl isopropanone; an ester solvent such as methyl lactate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate or butyl acetate; The halogen such as chloroform contains a solvent, an ether solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane or 1,3-dioxirane, or an alcohol solvent such as 1-butanol or 1-pentanol. The SP 値 (solubility parameter) other than the above is generally 1 〇 30 30 (MPa 1/2), preferably 10 〜 25 (MPa 172 ), more preferably 15 〜 25 ( MPa 1/2 ), and particularly preferably 17 〜 20 a solvent in the range of (MPa1/2), An optical film having excellent surface uniformity and optical characteristics can be obtained. The above solvents can be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. When two or more kinds of solvents are used, it is preferred that the sp 値 as a mixture is in the above range. The SP 値 can be obtained from the weight ratio. For example, when the mixture of the two is used, the weight fraction of each solvent is represented by w 1w 2 , and when SP 値 is represented by S P1, SP 2 , the sp値 of the mixed solvent It can be obtained by the following formula: Calculating the obtained enthalpy. Preparation of the resin solution The temperature at which the composition of the thermoplastic resin-55-200838917 of the present invention is dissolved in a solvent may be room temperature or high temperature. A well-balanced solution can be obtained by thorough stirring, and a coloring agent such as a dye or a pigment can be appropriately added to the solution as necessary, and a leveling agent can be added to improve the surface smoothness of the optical film. It can be used as a general coating agent, and for example, a fluorine-based nonionic surfactant, a special acrylic coating agent, a decane-based coating agent, or the like can be used. The method φ produced by the solvent casting method can be applied to a metal drum, a steel strip, polyethylene terephthalate (PET) or polynaphthalene by using a mold extrusion die or applicator. A general method for drying and removing a solvent from a substrate such as a polyester film such as polyethylene terephthalate (PEN) or a polytetrafluoroethylene tape, and then using a spray, bristles, and roller coating. The resin composition solution is applied onto the substrate by means of cloth or dipping, and then the solvent is dried and removed, and then the film is peeled off from the substrate to be produced. The thickness or surface smoothness and the like can be controlled by repeating the coating. • When a polyester film is used as the substrate, a surface treated film can also be used. As a method of surface treatment, a hydrophilization treatment method which is generally performed, for example, an acrylic resin or a resin containing a sulfonic acid base or a method of laminating a laminate, or a corona discharge treatment may be mentioned. A method of increasing the hydrophilicity of the surface of the film, and the like. The drying (solvent removal) step of the solvent casting method is not particularly limited, and may be a method generally used. For example, a method in which a plurality of rolls are passed through a drying furnace may be performed, but the drying step may be caused by evaporation of a solvent. In the case of bubbles, the characteristics of the film are remarkably lowered. Therefore, in order to avoid this, the step of drying -56-200838917 is carried out in a plurality of steps of two or more stages, and it is preferred to control the temperature or the amount of air in each step. Further, the amount of the residual solvent in the optical film is usually 1% by weight or less, preferably 5% by weight or less, more preferably 2% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 1.% by weight or less. In the case where the amount of the residual solvent is 1% by weight or more, when the optical film is actually used, the dimensional change becomes large over time. Further, since the residual solvent lowers the Tg, the heat resistance is also lowered, which is not preferable. Further, in order to smoothly carry out the stretching step described later, it is necessary to appropriately adjust the amount of the residual solvent to be within the above range. Specifically, the phase difference in the extension alignment is stabilized so as to be uniformly expressed, and the residual solvent amount is usually from 10 to 0.1% by weight, preferably from 5 to 0.1% by weight, more preferably from 1 to 0.1% by weight. The residual processing can be easily performed or the control of the phase difference can be facilitated by the residual trace amount of solvent. The thickness of the optical film of the present invention is generally from 0.1 to 3,000 μm, more preferably from 1 to 1, 〇〇〇 μπι, more preferably from 1 to 5 00 μπι, most preferably from 5 to 300 μπι. When the thickness of 〇·1 μπι is not reached, the treatment is substantially difficult. On the other hand, when it is 3,000 μπ or more, it is difficult to roll into a roll shape. The thickness distribution of the optical film of the present invention is generally within 20% of the average enthalpy, preferably within 10% of the soil, more preferably within 5% of the soil, and particularly preferably within ±3%. Further, the variation in thickness per icm is generally 1% by mole or less, preferably 5% or less, more preferably 1% or less, and particularly preferably 0.5% or less. By performing the relevant thickness control, it is possible to obtain a homogeneous optical film while preventing uneven phase difference of transmitted light when extending the alignment. -57- 200838917 As an extrusion molding method, the resin can be melted by an extruder, and the gear pump is used for quantitative supply, and the metal filter is filtered to remove impurities. The mold is used to impart a film shape, and is generally used. The puller cools the film and uses a coiler for winding. As the extruder used for extrusion molding, any one of a single shaft, a two shaft, a star type, a melt kneader, and a Banbury mixer type can be used, and a uniaxial extruder is preferably used. Further, the spiral shape of the extruder may be a discharge port type, a Durum head type, a double spiral type, a full spiral type, a barrier type, or the like, and a compression type may be a slow compression type or a rapid compression type, and may be a full spiral. A slow compression type or a barrier type is preferred. Regarding the gear pump used for metering, the resin that is returned from the downstream side between the gears is loaded into the internal lubrication method in the system and the external lubrication method that is discharged to the outside, but the thermal stability is not good. The case of the polymer is preferably an external lubrication method. The gear teeth of the gear pump are divided in such a way that, for the shaft, the spiral pattern is better from the viewpoint of metering stability than the parallel direction. Examples of the filter used for foreign matter filtration include an active disk type, a candle filter type, a movable type, and a sieving, and it is preferable that the distribution of the residence time is small, and the active disk type which can enlarge the filtration area is preferable. Examples of the filter element include a metal fiber sintered type, a metal powder sintered type, and a metal fiber/powder laminated type. The shape of the center hole of the filter may be an outflow type, a hexagonal column internal flow pattern, or a cylindrical internal flow pattern, but the retention portion may have a small shape, and any shape may be selected. -58- 200838917 The molten resin is discharged from a mold and formed into a target film after the cooling drum is cured by adhesion. Regarding the shape of the mold, it is necessary to make the resin inside the mold flow uniformly, and to maintain the uniformity of the thickness of the film, the pressure distribution inside the mold near the mold must be constant in the width direction. Further, ^ the flow rate of the resin in the width direction is almost constant, and the fine adjustment of the flow rate at the exit of the mold is performed by the lip opening degree, and when it is kept constant within an adjustable range, it is necessary for obtaining thickness uniformity. . The Φ manifold shape to satisfy the above conditions is preferably a hanger type, and the straight manifold, the fishtail type, and the like are less likely to be distributed in the width direction. Further, in order to make the thickness distribution of the film uniform, it is important that the temperature at the exit of the mold is distributed in a wide direction, and the temperature distribution is preferably ±1 ° C or less, more preferably ± 0.5 ° C or less. . When the temperature exceeds U°C, temperature unevenness occurs in the width direction, and the melt viscosity of the resin is poor, resulting in uneven thickness and uneven stress distribution. In the process of performing the stretching operation, the phase difference is less likely to occur. • The lip opening of the mold exit (hereinafter referred to as “lip gap”) is generally 0.3 to 1.5 mm, preferably 0.3 to 1.2 mm, more preferably 〇·35 to 1.0 mm. . If the lip gap is less than 0.3 mm, • If the resin pressure inside the mold is too high, the resin may be poorly leaked from the outside of the molded lip. On the other hand, when the lip gap exceeds 1.5 mm, the resin pressure of the mold hardly rises, so that the thickness uniformity in the width direction of the film is deteriorated. Examples of the method of adhering and curing the film extruded from the mold include a nip roll method, an electrostatic addition method, an air knife method, a vacuum method, and a calendering method of -59 to 200838917. The film thickness can be selected according to the application. It is preferable to perform various surface treatments on the surface of the cooling roll for which the film extruded from the mold is to be solidified, similarly to the inner cylinder of the extruder, the inner surface of the extrusion die, and the like. Examples of the material of the extruder (a cylinder, a spiral, etc.) and a mold extrusion die include stainless steel materials such as SCM steel shovel and SUS, but are not limited thereto. Further, on the inner surface of the extruder measuring cylinder, the mold extrusion die, and the spiral surface of the extruder, TiN, TiAIN, and the like are formed by applying a plating method such as chromium, nickel, or titanium to a PVD (Physical Vapor Deposition) method. A film such as TiCN, CrN, or DLC (diamond-like carbon), a tungsten-based material such as WC, or a ceramic such as cermet is sprayed, and the surface is nitrided. Such a surface treatment is preferred from the viewpoint of reducing the coefficient of friction with the resin and obtaining a molten state of the uniform resin. The resin temperature (extruder cylinder temperature) at the time of producing the optical film of the present invention is usually 200 to 350 ° C, preferably 220 to 320 ° C. If the resin temperature is less than 200 ° C, the resin composition cannot be uniformly melted, and when the other surface exceeds 350 ° C, the resin composition is thermally deteriorated during melting, and it is difficult to produce a high-quality film excellent in surface properties. Further, in the above temperature range, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the resin composition is particularly preferably in the range of Tg + 120 ° C to Tg + 160 ° C. For example, the resin composition has a Tg of only 130 ° C, and a particularly favorable temperature range for the film production is from 2 50 ° C to 290 ° C. The resin composition of the present invention can suppress the crystallization (white turbidity) of the film at a high temperature as described above and has excellent compatibility, so that the extrusion moldability is good. As an index of the extrusion characteristics, the resin composition used has a melt flow rate (MFR) of -60 to 200838917 at 260 ° C of from 10 〇 20 〇 g/10 min, preferably from 15 to 150 g/10 min. Good for 30~120g/10min. Further, the melt flow rate is preferably ≤ when the total amount of the resin composition is constant, and the deviation is preferably within ±10%, particularly preferably within 5%. When the melt flow rate is set to a predetermined timing, the pressure fluctuation during the extrusion processing can be suppressed, and a film having excellent film thickness uniformity can be obtained. Further, the shearing speed at the time of melt extrusion is generally 1 to 500 (?/sec), preferably 2 to 350 (?/sec), more preferably 5 to 200 (1/sec). When the shearing speed at the time of extrusion is less than 1 (1/sec), the resin composition cannot be uniformly melted, and an extruded film having a small thickness unevenness cannot be obtained. On the other hand, when it exceeds 500 (1/sec), The shearing force is too large, and the resin and additives may decompose and deteriorate, causing defects such as foaming, molding lines, and deposits on the surface of the extruded film. The thickness of the optical film of the present invention is generally from 1 〇 to 8 00 μηη, preferably from 20 to 500 μηη, more preferably from 40 to 500 μπι. When the thickness is less than 10 μm, the mechanical strength is insufficient, and post-processing such as stretching processing is difficult. On the other hand, when the thickness exceeds 800 μm, it is difficult to produce a uniform film such as thickness or surface properties. The film is also difficult to take up. The thickness distribution of the roll film (ROLLED WEB FILM) of the present invention is generally within 5% of the average enthalpy, preferably within ± 3%, more preferably within 1% of the soil. When the thickness distribution exceeds ± 5 %, when the stretching treatment is performed as an optical film, phase difference unevenness is likely to occur. &lt;Extended Film&gt; -61 - 200838917 The stretched film of the present invention can be obtained by further subjecting the optical film of the present invention obtained by the above method to heat stretching, and can be used as a film which imparts a phase difference to light transmission. Specifically, it can be produced by a known shaft stretching method, a biaxial stretching method, or a Z-axis stretching method. It is possible to use a transverse one-axis extension method by a tenter method, a roll-to-roll compression extension method, a vertical axis extension method using a circumferential speed difference, or a two-axis extension method in which a horizontal axis and a vertical axis are combined. The extension method by the blow molding method and the like. In the case of the Φ one-axis stretching method, the stretching speed is usually from 1 to 5,000%/min, preferably from 50 to 1,000%/min, more preferably from 1 to +1, 〇〇〇%/min. The biaxial stretching method is a case where the stretching is performed in the two directions at the same time, or the stretching is performed in the direction different from the initial extending direction after the one-axis stretching. At this time, the angle of intersection of the two extension axes for controlling the shape of the refractive index 楕 round body is not particularly limited as long as it depends on the desired characteristics, and is generally in the range of 120 to 60 degrees. Further, the stretching speed is the same or different in each extending direction, and is generally 1 to 5,000%/min, preferably 50 to 1,000%/min, more preferably 1 to 1%, 〇〇〇%/ Minutes, especially good for 1〇〇~500%/min. The elongation processing temperature is not particularly limited, and the glass transition temperature Tg of the resin composition containing the styrene-based polymer (A) and the norbornene-based polymer (B) is used as a reference. It is usually Tg ± 30 ° C, preferably Tg ± 15 ° C, more preferably in the range of Tg - 5 to Tg + 15 ° C. When it is within the above range, generation of phase difference unevenness can be suppressed. Further, the glass transition temperature of the resin composition in the present specification is the external glass transition starting temperature obtained according to Japanese Industrial Standard K7 121 'The resin composition of the present invention is benzene-62-200838917 ethylene-based polymer (A) It has excellent compatibility with the norbornene-based polymer (B), and is solid and measurable. Further, even if the resin composition of the present invention is subjected to elongation processing at such a high temperature, by controlling the content ratio of each structural unit constituting the styrene-based copolymer (A), it is possible to suppress the film caused by crystallization or phase separation of the film. The transmittance is lowered and the turbidity is imparted, and excellent compatibility is imparted, and the heat extension workability is also good. The stretching ratio is not particularly limited depending on the desired characteristics, and is generally 1.0 1 to 10 times, preferably 1.03 to 5 times, more preferably 1.03 to 3 times. When the extension ratio is 1 〇 or more, the control of the phase difference is difficult. The stretched film may be directly cooled, but is preferably set to a heating system of at least 10 seconds, preferably 30 seconds to 60 minutes, more preferably 1 minute to 60 minutes, in a temperature range of Tg-20 °c to Tg. Thereby, the phase difference of the transmitted light is less with time, and a stable optical film can be obtained. The dimensional shrinkage rate by heating of the optical film of the present invention which is not subjected to the stretching process is generally 5% or less, preferably 3% or less, more preferably 1% or less, when heated at 100 ° C for 500 hours. It is 0.5% or less. Moreover, the dimensional shrinkage rate by heating of the stretched film of the present invention is generally 10% or less, preferably 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less, when heated at 1 ° C for 500 hours, particularly preferably 1% or less. In order to make the dimensional shrinkage ratio within the above range, in addition to the selection of the monomer (6) or the selection of other copolymerizable monomers in the present invention, it is also a powerful means to adjust the conditions of the stretching method. The stretched film obtained as described above is such that the molecules are aligned by stretching and the phase difference is imparted by the transmitted light, and the phase difference can be controlled by the stretching ratio, the stretching temperature of -63 to 200838917, or the film thickness. For example, when the film thickness before stretching is the same, the film having a larger stretching ratio tends to have a larger absolute phase difference of the transmitted light. Therefore, by changing the stretching ratio, an optical film that imparts a transmitted light having a desired phase difference can be obtained. . On the other hand, when the stretching ratio is the same, the thicker the film thickness before stretching, the greater the absolute difference in the phase difference of the transmitted light tends to be. Therefore, by changing the thickness of the film before stretching, the transmission of the desired phase difference can be obtained. Optical film of light. Further, in the extended processing temperature range, the lower the stretching temperature, the greater the absolute difference in the phase difference of the transmitted light. Therefore, by changing the stretching temperature, an optical film which imparts a transmitted light having a desired phase difference can be obtained. The extension film imparts a phase difference to the transmitted light, and is not particularly limited depending on the application. When used in a liquid crystal display element, an electroluminescence display element, or a wavelength plate of a laser optical system, it is generally 1 to 1 0,000 nm, preferably 10 to 2,000 nm, more preferably 15 to 1,000 nm. Further, the uniformity of the phase difference of the light transmitted through the stretched film is preferably high, and the variation of the phase difference at a wavelength of 550 nm is generally ±20% or less, preferably 10% or less, more preferably ±5. %the following. That is, the phase difference at a wavelength of 550 nm is 20% or less, preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, of the average average enthalpy. When the deviation of the phase difference exceeds 20%, when used in a liquid crystal display element or the like, color unevenness occurs, and the performance of the display body is deteriorated. Further, in the optical film of the present invention, the ratio of the phase difference Re (650) at a wavelength of 650 nm to the phase difference Re (450) at a wavelength of 450 nm (Re(650) / Re(450)) is 1.8 to 1 Preferably, it is 1.7 to 1, -64 to 200838917, more preferably in the range of 1.6 to 1. In the optical film satisfying such conditions, when the phase difference of the wavelength λ is Re ( λ ), the Re of Re (λ) /λ can be made almost constant in the entire wavelength range of 400 to 800 11111. &lt;Polarizing Plate&gt; The optical film of the present invention can be used not only as a single layer but also as a polarizing plate. Further, the polarizing plate can be laminated to other films, sheets, and substrates. When laminating, an adhesive or an adhesive can be used. As these adhesives and adhesives, those having excellent transparency are preferable, and specific examples thereof include mixed natural rubber, synthetic rubber, vinyl acetate/vinyl chloride copolymer, polyvinyl ether, acrylic, and denatured polyolefin, and A curing adhesive such as a curing agent such as an isocyanate, a dry laminating adhesive for a polyurethane resin solution and a polyisocyanate resin solution, a synthetic rubber-based adhesive, and an epoxy-based adhesive are added thereto. Further, the polarizing plate is intended to improve the layering property with other film sheets, substrates, etc., and the adhesive layer or the adhesive layer may be laminated in advance. When laminating, an adhesive or an adhesive such as the one described above may be used as the adhesive or the adhesive. &lt;Other Optical Parts of Liquid Crystal Display Device&gt; The optical film of the present invention can be used for a liquid crystal display device, and the display characteristics of the liquid crystal display device can be further improved. Examples of the liquid crystal display device include various liquid crystal display devices such as a mobile phone, a digital information terminal, a pager, a satellite navigation, a vehicle liquid crystal display, a liquid crystal display, a dimming panel, a display for a device, and a device for stealing an AV device. . Further, various optical parts were obtained by using the resin composition of the present invention. As optical parts, various special lenses, dielectric bodies, wave plates, etc., such as cylindrical lenses. For injection molding, a conventionally known method can be used. The resin composition is heated in a heating cylinder. The mixing cylinder is pressurized under the metal mold, and the inside of the mold is cooled and solidified. The extrusion device is used to extrude the metal mold structure used for the change. The melting temperature of the resin at this time is preferably the same as the above temperature. [Embodiment] [Embodiment] Hereinafter, the present invention will be more apparent from the embodiments and not limited to the embodiments. In addition, in the following, "parts" and "%" are not specifically limited to the following table. Also, the room temperature was 25 °C. In the case of the foaming and dehydration under nitrogen, the water content is 1 or less. In the examples and the comparative examples, various measurements [polymerization reaction rate] were carried out by injection molding the polymerization in an aluminum container, and a cone was used. A lens or a ball mirror or a gold mirror, for example, melts and melts the present invention. Thereafter, a molded article was obtained in a metal mold. The description of the melt at the time of molding is carried out by light having various shapes, but the examples of the present invention and the comparative examples show that the "parts by weight" and the reagents of the test are dried at a ppm or less. And evaluation of the following solution, heated to a constant temperature on a hot plate heated at -66-200838917 3 〇0 °C, after removing residual monomers and solvents, measuring the weight of the residual polymer, the ratio of the amount of polymer produced Find the theoretical response rate. [Polymer Molecular Structure]

使用超傳導核磁氣共鳴吸收裝置(NMR、Bruker公 司製、商品名·· AVANCE500 ),於重氫化氯仿中測定 φ i3C-NMR,算出共聚合組成比及乙酸基或丁氧基之對〇H 基的轉變率(轉換率)。 紅外分光計(IR)爲使用日本分光公司製FT/IR-420 進行測定。 [固有黏度•對數黏度] 調製濃度〇.5g/100ml之氯苯溶液作爲試料,於30°C 條件下使用Ubbelohde型黏度計進行測定。 [玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)] 使用差示掃描熱量計(Seiko Instruments公司製、 ‘ 商品名:DSC6200 ),依據日本工業規格K7121求得補外 玻璃轉移開始溫度(以下僅稱爲玻璃轉移溫度(Tg ))。 [重量平均分子量(Mw)及分子量分佈(Mw/Mn)]Φ i3C-NMR was measured in a heavy hydrogenated chloroform using a superconducting nuclear magnetic resonance absorption device (NMR, manufactured by Bruker, trade name AVANCE500), and the copolymerization ratio and the 〇H group of the acetate group or the butoxy group were calculated. Conversion rate (conversion rate). The infrared spectrometer (IR) was measured using FT/IR-420 manufactured by JASCO Corporation. [Intrinsic Viscosity and Logarithmic Viscosity] A chlorobenzene solution having a concentration of 〇5 g/100 ml was prepared as a sample, and was measured at 30 ° C using an Ubbelohde type viscometer. [Glass transfer temperature (Tg)] Using a differential scanning calorimeter (manufactured by Seiko Instruments, Inc., 'product name: DSC6200), the external glass transition start temperature was obtained according to Japanese Industrial Standard K7121 (hereinafter referred to as glass transition temperature (Tg). )). [Weight average molecular weight (Mw) and molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn)]

使用凝膠滲透層析儀(以 Tosoh (股)製 HLC-8220GPC、管柱·· Tosoh (股)製凝乳管柱 HXL-H、TSK -67- 200838917 gel G7000Hxl、TS kgel GMHxL2 根、TSK gel G2000HxL之順序連結、溶劑··四氫呋喃、流速·· 1 mL/min、樣本濃度:〇.7〜〇·8重量%、注入量:70μί、測 定溫度:40°C、檢測器:RI ( 40°C )、標準物質:Tosoh (股)製TSK標準聚苯乙嫌)測定重量平均分子量(Mw )及分子量分佈(Mw/Μη)。且前述Μη爲數平均分子量 [相位差評估] 將開環聚合物之甲苯或二氯甲烷溶液(濃度:2 5 % ) 澆鑄於平滑玻璃板上後’經乾燥得到厚度5 0〜2 0 0 μιη ’ 殘留溶劑〇 . 5〜〇 _ 8 %之無色透明薄膜。於比該薄膜之玻璃 轉移溫度(Tg)高5〜10 °C之溫度下,進行1.2〜3.0倍之 自由寬一軸延伸或寬約束一軸延伸。且’澆鑄薄膜之厚度 、延伸倍率及延伸方法如後述之各實施例及表1所記載。 φ 該延伸薄膜之相位差使用retardation測定器(王子計測 機器製、商品名:K0BRA21DH)進行測定。 • [樹脂組成物中之聚合物摻合比] 將樹脂組成物溶解於四氫呋喃’使用凝膠滲透層析裝 置(以 Tosoh (股)製 HLC-8220GPC、管柱·· Tosoh (股 )製凝乳管柱 HXL-H、TSK gel G7000HXL、TSK gel GMHXL2根、TSK gel G2000HXL之順序連結、溶劑:四氫 呋喃、流速:1 mL/min、樣本濃度:0·7〜0·8重量%、注 -68- 200838917 入量·· ΙΟΟμί、測定溫度:40°C、檢測器:UV ( 254 nm) ),由所得之光譜面積強度定量出樹脂組成物中的苯乙烯 系聚合物,並算出摻合比。 [樹脂之黃色指數(YI、黃色度)] 使用Suga試驗機(股)製SM彩色電腦SM-7-CH, 進行3次的C光2°視野透過測定後求得其平均値(測定 試料:含有1 〇重量%之樹脂的甲苯溶液20g、測定用容器 :内徑60 mm、高度30 mm之圓筒型玻璃容器)。 [薄膜之黃色指數(YI、黃色度)] 使用Suga試驗機(股)製SM彩色電腦SM-7-CH ’ 依據ASTM D 1 925測定出膜厚100 μπι之薄膜的YI値。 [加熱下相溶性之評估] 使用(股)神藤金屬工業所製Shinto w式SFA-3 7型 加熱&amp;冷卻二段成形機,於280〜3 00 °C之加熱下成型爲厚 度約100 μπι之薄膜,測定薄膜之霧値(Haze)並進行評 估。 [樹脂中之不溶物的有無] 將樹脂樣本3 〇mg溶解於甲苯5 mL,不溶物之有無以 目視進f了觀察。 沒有不溶物時爲評估爲A,一部份不溶之情況則評估 -69- 200838917 爲Β 〇 [溶液過濾性] 將樹脂樣本3 Omg溶解於四氫呋喃5 mL,使用孔徑 , 0.45 μιη、直徑1cm之PTFE製過濾器評估其過濾性。未 產生堵塞而可全量過濾時評估爲A,產生一部份堵塞而無 法過濾時評估爲B ° [熔體流動速率(MFR)] 依據JIS K7210,測定98N荷重、260°C下的MFR。 [全光線透過率(Haze)] 使用村上色彩技術硏究所(股)製透過率測定儀 HM-150型進行測定。 • [拉伸破裂強度] 薄膜的拉伸破裂強度依據JIS K6 772進行測定。 ' [點狀缺陷測定] 將A成分與B成分之混合樹脂於乾燥溫度1〇〇 °C下, 氮氣中進行4小時的除濕乾燥後,於無塵室内將該樹脂導 入於800 kg的不鏽鋼集裝中,於8kPa之正壓的狀態下保 存15天。且上述不鏽鋼集裝爲,使用於樹脂導入前預先 將内部空氣由乾燥氮氣取代後,通過0.2 μιη之PVDF製 -70- 200838917 過濾器,以清潔的水潤濕的洗淨紙(旭化成工業製;商品 名「bemcot」)除去内部的灰塵等者。其後,將該樹脂導 入於壓出機(Gm-engineering公司製:GM-65 )並於 260°C進行熔融,使用齒輪幫浦以定量下輸送液體,使用5 , μη活性盤狀過濾器除去異物,實施藉由設定爲2 6 0 °C的鋁 鑄模以加熱器經加熱後自T塑模壓出後得到樹脂薄膜。將 該薄膜經l〇m2捲出後放置於黑紙上,l〇〇w的螢光燈下確 φ 認反射光之搖晃。反射光之搖晃爲點狀缺陷,對此部分做 記號。其後以50倍光學顕微鏡觀察薄膜表面,計算直徑 3 0 μπι以上之點狀缺陷的個數。 [相位差測定] 將波長 550 nm中之相位差(retardation)使用自動 複折射計(王子計測機器(股)製、KOBRA-21ADH )進 行測定。 [製造例1]苯乙烯系共聚合物(1A)之製造 ^ 於具備攪拌機、冷凝器、溫度計之玻璃製燒杯中加入 - 苯乙烯 127.87g ( 1.23 mol) 、p -乙酸苯乙燦 22.13g ( 0.136mol)、作爲溶劑之甲苯75g、及作爲自由基啓始劑 之1,1’-偶氮雙(環己烷-1-腈)〇.67g(2.7 mmol),加熱 至9 0t:,進行15小時反應。取出該聚合液之一部份,測 定反應率得到85%。又,測定分子量得到Mw= 1 29,935、 Mw/Mn = 2.00 〇 -71 - 200838917 所得之聚合反應溶液中加入甲苯15〇g並稀釋後,添 加甲醇43.6g ( 1.36 mol )、乙酸苯乙烯量之1/100等量 的濃硫酸1.3 3 8g(0.0136 mol),並加熱至60°C後進行2 小時反應。將所得之反應液以四氫呋喃稀釋,藉由大量甲 醇中使其凝固而回收•純化聚合物,於80°C的真空乾燥機 中進行2天乾燥。對於所得之聚合物的分子量、對數黏度 進行各測定後得到M w = 1 3 1,9 1 0 ( M w / Μ η = 1 · 8 8 )、對數 黏度η=〇.44 dL/g、產率爲80%。圖1及圖2分別表示所 得之聚合物的IR光譜及13C-NMR光譜。由NMR所求之 共聚合組成比如裝入數値、加甲醇分解率爲99%以上。以 下所得之苯乙烯系共聚合物稱爲1A。 [製造例2]苯乙烯系共聚合物(2A)的製造 使用苯乙烯146.53g( 1.407 mol) 、p -乙酸苯乙烯 3.47g ( 0.0214 mol)、作爲溶劑之甲苯7 5 g、及作爲自由 基啓始劑之1,1’-偶氮雙(環己烷-1-腈)〇.35g ( 1.4 mmol )進行聚合以外,與製造例1同樣地,進行聚合反應、醇 解、純化、及乾燥,得到苯乙烯系共聚合物。所得之聚合 物的 Mw= 199,200 (Mw/Mn=1.96),產率爲 80%。以下 所得之本乙細系共聚合物稱爲2A。 [製造例3 ]苯乙烯系共聚合物(3 A )的製造 使用苯乙烯117.66g( 1.13 mol) 、p -乙酸苯乙烯 3 2.3 4g ( 0.199 mol)、作爲溶劑之甲苯75g、及作爲自由 -72- 200838917 基啓始劑之1,1’ -偶熟雙(環己院-1-膳)〇.65g(2.65 mmol )進行聚合以外,與製造例1同樣地,進行聚合反 應、醇解、純化、及乾燥,得到苯乙烯系共聚合物。所得 之聚合物的 Mw= 1 20,553 (Mw/Mn=1.97),產率爲 80% 。以下所得之苯乙嫌系共聚合物稱爲3A。 [製造例4]苯乙烯系共聚合物(4A)的製造 使用苯乙烯84.17g( 0.808 mol) 、p-t -丁氧基苯乙燒 15.83g( 0.0898 mol)、作爲溶劑之甲苯75g、及作爲自 由基啓始劑之1,1’-偶氮雙(環己烷-1-腈)〇.44g ( 1.8 mmol)進行聚合以外,與製造例1同樣地,進行聚合反 應、藉由酸觸媒之轉變、純化、及乾燥,得到苯乙烯系共 聚合物。所得之聚合物的Mw= 112,000 (Mw/Mn = 2.73) ,產率爲80%。圖3及圖4各表示所得之聚合物的IR光 譜及13C-NMR光譜。藉由NMR所求之共聚合組成比如裝 入數値,對0H基之轉變率爲50%。以下所得之苯乙烯系 共聚合物稱爲4A。 [製造例5]苯乙烯系共聚合物(5A)的製造 使用苯乙烯78.44g(〇.753 mol) 、p-t-丁氧基苯乙烯 2 1.5 6g ( 0.133 mol)、作爲溶劑之甲苯50g、及作爲自由 基啓始劑之1,1’-偶氮雙(環己院-1·腈)〇.43g(1.8 mmol )進行聚合以外,與製造例1同樣地,進行聚合反應。其 後加入甲苯50g並稀釋,添加n-丁醇20g及硫酸〇.26g後 -73- 200838917 進行8 0 °C下的8小時反應。純化、及乾燥與製造例1同樣 地進行’得到苯乙烯系共聚合物。所得之聚合物的M w二 21 9,000 ( Mw/Mn 二 2.45 ),產率爲 85%。圖 5 及圖 6 各 表示所得之聚合物的IR光譜及i3C-NMR光譜。藉由NMR 所求之共聚合組成比如裝入數値,對0H基之轉變率爲 99%以上。以下所得之苯乙烯系共聚合物稱爲5A。 [製造例6]苯乙烯系聚合物(6A)的製造 於具備攪拌機、冷凝器、溫度計之玻璃製燒杯中加入 苯乙烯 117.66g(1.13mol) 、p -乙酸苯乙烯 32.34g( 0.199 mol)、作爲溶劑之甲苯75g、及作爲自由基啓始劑 之1,1’_偶氮雙(環己烷-1-腈)0.65g ( 2.65 mmol),加 熱至90°C後進行15小時反應。取出該聚合液的一部份, 測定其反應率後得到8 5 %。 於所得之聚合反應溶液中加入甲苯1 5 0 g並稀釋後, 添加甲醇 43· 6g( 1.36 mol)、濃硫酸 1.338g ( 0.0136 mol ),加熱至60°C並進行2小時反應。將所得之反應液以四 氫呋喃稀釋,於大量甲醇中使其凝固後回收•純化聚合物 ,於8 0 °C的真空乾燥機中進行2天乾燥,得到苯乙烯系聚 合物6A。所得之聚合物6A爲Mw= 120,5 53 ( Mw/Mn = 1.97),產率爲 8 0 %。 [製造例7]苯乙烯系聚合物(7A)的製造 於具備攪拌機、冷凝器、溫度計之玻璃製燒杯中加入 -74- 200838917 苯乙烯3 92.3 g ( 3.766 mol) 、p」丁氧基苯乙烯5 7 · 7 2 g ( 0.3 275 mol )、作爲溶劑之甲苯21 lg、及作爲自由基啓始 劑之1,1,-偶氮雙(環己烷-1-腈)1.50g ( 6.141 mmol ), 加熱至90°C,並進行10小時反應後,追加1,1’-偶氮雙( . 環己烷 _1·腈)0.5 0g( 2.047 mmol),再於 90°C下進行 1〇 小時反應。取出該聚合液之一部份,測定反應率後得到 92%。又,測定分子量後得到 Mw = 1 26,700 &gt; Mw/Mn = φ 2·00 。 於所得之聚合反應溶液中添加甲苯22 5g並稀釋後, 添加甲醇(硫酸之擴散劑)9 0g、濃硫酸1 · 1 5 g ( 0 · 0 1 1 7 mol ),加熱至60°C後進行8小時反應。其後,添加50.5 重量%的乳酸鈉水溶液3.03 g ( 0.027 mol ),於60°C下繼 續進行30/分鐘攪拌。將反應溶液於PH試驗紙(Whatman 公司製CS型、0.2間隔)進行少量塗佈並測定pH後得到 pH= 3.8。 泰 於該反應液中添加甲苯4 4 9 g並均勻混合後,添加甲 醇8 99g,於60°C下進行1小時萃取。將此冷卻至30°C以 ’ 下並靜置1小時,分離成含有聚合物之下層溶液與幾乎未 • 含聚合物之上層溶液。僅分離除去該上層溶液。於剩下的 下層溶液中添加甲苯440g並均勻地混合後,添加甲醇 617g後再次於60°C下進行1小時萃取。將此冷卻至30°C 以下並靜置1小時,分離出含有聚合物之下層溶液與幾乎 未含聚合物之上層溶液。添加甲苯440g及甲醇617g並冷 卻靜置後分離除去上層的操作再重複進行2次,得到含有 -75— 200838917Using a gel permeation chromatograph (HLC-8220GPC made of Tosoh), curd column HXL-H made by Tosoh, TSK-67-200838917 gel G7000Hxl, TS kgel GMHxL2 root, TSK gel G2000HxL sequence linkage, solvent··tetrahydrofuran, flow rate··1 mL/min, sample concentration: 〇.7~〇·8 wt%, injection amount: 70 μί, measurement temperature: 40 ° C, detector: RI (40°) C), standard material: TSK standard polystyrene (made by Tosoh)) The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the molecular weight distribution (Mw/Μη) were measured. And the above Μη is the number average molecular weight [phase difference evaluation] The toluene or methylene chloride solution (concentration: 2 5 %) of the ring-opening polymer is cast on a smooth glass plate, and then dried to obtain a thickness of 5 0 to 2 0 0 μη 'Residual solvent 〇. 5~〇_ 8 % of a colorless transparent film. A free-width one-axis extension or a wide-constraint one-axis extension is performed at a temperature 5 to 10 ° C higher than the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the film. Further, the thickness of the cast film, the stretching ratio, and the stretching method are as described in each of Examples and Table 1 to be described later. φ The phase difference of the stretched film was measured using a retardation measuring instrument (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments, trade name: K0BRA21DH). • [Polymer blend ratio in resin composition] Solubility of resin composition in tetrahydrofuran using a gel permeation chromatography apparatus (HLC-8220GPC made by Tosoh Co., Ltd., Tosoh made of Tosoh) Column HXL-H, TSK gel G7000HXL, TSK gel GMHXL2, TSK gel G2000HXL, sequential connection, solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate: 1 mL/min, sample concentration: 0·7~0·8 wt%, note-68- 200838917 Intake ·μί, measurement temperature: 40 ° C, detector: UV (254 nm)), the styrene polymer in the resin composition was quantified from the obtained spectral area intensity, and the blend ratio was calculated. [Yellow Index of Resin (YI, Yellowness)] The average color of the C-light 2° field of view was measured using a SM color computer SM-7-CH made by Suga Tester (stock). 20 g of a toluene solution containing 1% by weight of a resin, and a measuring container: a cylindrical glass container having an inner diameter of 60 mm and a height of 30 mm). [Yellow Index of Film (YI, Yellowness)] The YI 薄膜 of a film having a film thickness of 100 μm was measured in accordance with ASTM D 1 925 using a SM color computer SM-7-CH' manufactured by Suga Tester Co., Ltd. [Evaluation of compatibility under heating] Using a Shinto w type SFA-3 type 7 heating & cooling two-stage forming machine manufactured by Shinto Metal Industry Co., Ltd., it is molded to a thickness of about 100 μm under heating at 280 to 30,000 °C. The film was measured for haze and evaluated. [The presence or absence of insolubles in the resin] 3 〇mg of the resin sample was dissolved in 5 mL of toluene, and the presence or absence of insoluble matter was visually observed. When there is no insoluble matter, it is evaluated as A, and when it is insoluble, it is evaluated -69- 200838917 is Β 〇 [solution filterability] 3 mg of resin sample is dissolved in tetrahydrofuran 5 mL, and PTFE having a pore diameter of 0.45 μm and a diameter of 1 cm is used. The filter is evaluated for its filterability. When no clogging occurred, the whole amount of filtration was evaluated as A, and a part of the clogging was generated. When it was not filtered, it was evaluated as B ° [Melt flow rate (MFR)] According to JIS K7210, the 98 N load and the MFR at 260 ° C were measured. [Total Light Transmittance (Haze)] The measurement was carried out using the Murakami Color Technology Research Institute (HB) transmittance meter HM-150. • [Stretching Burst Strength] The tensile burst strength of the film was measured in accordance with JIS K6 772. ' [Point-like defect measurement] The resin of the mixture of the A component and the B component was dehumidified and dried in nitrogen at a drying temperature of 1 ° C for 4 hours, and then introduced into a 800 kg stainless steel set in a clean room. In the loading, it was stored for 15 days under a positive pressure of 8 kPa. Further, the above-mentioned stainless steel container is used as a washing paper moistened with clean water by a 0.2 μm PVDF-70-200838917 filter, which is replaced by dry nitrogen gas before introduction of the resin (Asahi Kasei Industrial Co., Ltd.; The product name "bemcot") removes dust inside. Then, the resin was introduced into an extruder (GM-65, manufactured by Gm-engineering Co., Ltd.), and melted at 260 ° C, and the liquid was transported in a quantitative manner using a gear pump, and removed using a 5 μ μη active disk filter. The foreign matter was subjected to an aluminum mold set to 260 ° C, heated by a heater, and extruded from a T mold to obtain a resin film. The film was taken up by l〇m2 and placed on a black paper. Under the fluorescent lamp of l〇〇w, it was confirmed that the reflected light was shaken. The reflected light is shaken as a point defect, and this part is marked. Thereafter, the surface of the film was observed with a 50-fold optical micromirror, and the number of dot defects having a diameter of 30 μm or more was calculated. [Phase Difference Measurement] The phase difference (retardation) at a wavelength of 550 nm was measured using an automatic birefringence meter (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd., KOBRA-21ADH). [Production Example 1] Production of styrene-based copolymer (1A) ^ Into a glass beaker provided with a stirrer, a condenser, and a thermometer, styrene 127.87 g (1.23 mol) and p-acetate benzoic acid 22.13 g ( 0.136 mol), 75 g of toluene as a solvent, and 1,1'-azobis(cyclohexane-1-carbonitrile) 〇.67 g (2.7 mmol) as a radical initiator, heated to 90 rpm: 15 hours reaction. A part of the polymerization liquid was taken out, and the reaction rate was determined to be 85%. Further, the molecular weight was determined to be Mw = 1 29,935, Mw / Mn = 2.00 〇-71 - 200838917. The polymerization reaction solution was added with 15 〇g of toluene and diluted, and then 43.6 g ( 1.36 mol ) of methanol and 1 styrene acetate were added. /100 equal amount of concentrated sulfuric acid 1.3 3 8g (0.0136 mol), and heated to 60 ° C for 2 hours reaction. The obtained reaction solution was diluted with tetrahydrofuran, and the polymer was recovered by solidification in a large amount of methanol to purify the polymer, and dried in a vacuum dryer at 80 ° C for 2 days. After measuring the molecular weight and logarithmic viscosity of the obtained polymer, M w = 1 3 1,9 1 0 (M w / Μ η = 1 · 8 8 ), logarithmic viscosity η = 44.44 dL/g, yield The rate is 80%. Fig. 1 and Fig. 2 show the IR spectrum and 13C-NMR spectrum of the obtained polymer, respectively. The copolymerization composition obtained by NMR is, for example, charged in a number of enthalpy, and the methanol decomposition ratio is 99% or more. The styrene-based copolymer obtained hereinafter is referred to as 1A. [Production Example 2] The styrene-based copolymer (2A) was produced by using 146.53 g (1.407 mol) of styrene, 3.47 g (0.0214 mol) of p-acetic acid styrene, 75 g of toluene as a solvent, and as a radical. The polymerization reaction, alcoholysis, purification, and drying were carried out in the same manner as in Production Example 1 except that the initiator was polymerized with 1,1'-azobis(cyclohexane-1-carbonitrile) 〇.35 g (1.4 mmol). A styrene-based copolymer was obtained. The obtained polymer had Mw = 199,200 (Mw / Mn = 1.96) and a yield of 80%. The presently obtained ethylene-based copolymer is referred to as 2A. [Production Example 3] The styrene-based copolymer (3 A ) was produced by using 117.66 g (1.13 mol) of styrene, 2.3 g (0.199 mol) of p-acetic acid styrene, 75 g of toluene as a solvent, and as a free- In the same manner as in Production Example 1, a polymerization reaction, alcoholysis, and the like were carried out in the same manner as in Production Example 1, except that the polymerization was carried out in the same manner as in Production Example 1. Purification and drying to obtain a styrene-based copolymer. The obtained polymer had Mw = 1 20,553 (Mw / Mn = 1.97) and a yield of 80%. The phenylene conjugated copolymer obtained below is referred to as 3A. [Production Example 4] The styrene-based copolymer (4A) was produced by using 84.17 g (0.808 mol) of styrene, 15.83 g (0.0898 mol) of pt-butoxybenzene, and 75 g of toluene as a solvent, and as a free In the same manner as in Production Example 1, a polymerization reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Production Example 1, except that the 1,1'-azobis(cyclohexane-1-carbonitrile) ruthenium.44 g (1.8 mmol) was subjected to polymerization. Conversion, purification, and drying give a styrene-based copolymer. The obtained polymer had Mw = 112,000 (Mw / Mn = 2.73) and a yield of 80%. 3 and 4 each show IR spectrum and 13 C-NMR spectrum of the obtained polymer. The copolymerization ratio obtained by NMR is, for example, a number of oximes, and the conversion ratio to the 0H group is 50%. The styrene-based copolymer obtained below is referred to as 4A. [Production Example 5] The styrene-based copolymer (5A) was produced by using 78.44 g (〇.753 mol) of styrene, 1.56 g (0.133 mol) of pt-butoxystyrene 2, and 50 g of toluene as a solvent. A polymerization reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Production Example 1, except that polymerization was carried out using 1,1'-azobis(cyclohexyl-1-nitrile)〇.43 g (1.8 mmol) as a radical initiator. Thereafter, 50 g of toluene was added and diluted, and 20 g of n-butanol and ruthenium sulfate were added. After 26 g of -73-200838917, the reaction was carried out for 8 hours at 80 °C. Purification and drying were carried out in the same manner as in Production Example 1 to obtain a styrene-based copolymer. The obtained polymer had a M w of 21,9,000 (Mw/Mn 2,450) in a yield of 85%. Fig. 5 and Fig. 6 each show an IR spectrum and an i3C-NMR spectrum of the obtained polymer. The copolymerization composition obtained by NMR is, for example, charged in a number of enthalpy, and the conversion ratio to the 0H group is 99% or more. The styrene-based copolymer obtained below is referred to as 5A. [Production Example 6] Production of styrene-based polymer (6A) 117.66 g (1.13 mol) of styrene and 32.34 g (0.199 mol) of p-acetic acid styrene were placed in a glass beaker equipped with a stirrer, a condenser, and a thermometer. 75 g of toluene as a solvent and 0.65 g (2.65 mmol) of 1,1'-azobis(cyclohexane-1-carbonitrile) as a radical initiator were heated to 90 ° C and reacted for 15 hours. A part of the polymerization liquid was taken out, and the reaction rate was measured to obtain 85 %. After adding 150 g of toluene to the obtained polymerization reaction solution and diluting, methanol 43. 6 g (1.36 mol) and concentrated sulfuric acid 1.338 g (0.0136 mol) were added, and the mixture was heated to 60 ° C and reacted for 2 hours. The obtained reaction liquid was diluted with tetrahydrofuran, solidified in a large amount of methanol, and the polymer was recovered and purified, and dried in a vacuum dryer at 80 ° C for 2 days to obtain a styrene-based polymer 6A. The obtained polymer 6A was Mw = 120, 5 53 (Mw / Mn = 1.97), and the yield was 80%. [Production Example 7] Production of styrene-based polymer (7A) In a glass beaker provided with a stirrer, a condenser, and a thermometer, -74-200838917 styrene 3 92.3 g ( 3.766 mol), p"butoxystyrene was added. 5 7 · 7 2 g (0.3 275 mol ), toluene 21 lg as a solvent, and 1,1,-azobis(cyclohexane-1-carbonitrile) 1.50 g ( 6.141 mmol) as a radical initiator , heating to 90 ° C, and after 10 hours of reaction, adding 1,1 '-azobis (. cyclohexane_1 · nitrile) 0.5 0g ( 2.047 mmol), and then at 90 ° C for 1 hour reaction. A part of the polymerization liquid was taken out, and the reaction rate was measured to obtain 92%. Further, after measuring the molecular weight, Mw = 1 26,700 &gt; Mw / Mn = φ 2·00 was obtained. After adding 22 g of toluene to the obtained polymerization reaction solution and diluting, 90 g of methanol (diffuser of sulfuric acid) and 1 · 15 g (0 · 0 1 1 7 mol) of concentrated sulfuric acid were added, and the mixture was heated to 60 ° C. 8 hours reaction. Thereafter, 3.05 g (0.027 mol) of a 50.5 wt% aqueous sodium lactate solution was added, and stirring was continued at 60 ° C for 30 minutes. The reaction solution was applied to a pH test paper (CS type, 0.2 at intervals of Whatman Co., Ltd.) in a small amount, and the pH was measured to obtain pH = 3.8. After adding 4,49 g of toluene to the reaction mixture and uniformly mixing, 8,99 g of methanol was added, and extraction was carried out at 60 ° C for 1 hour. This was cooled to 30 ° C and allowed to stand for 1 hour, and separated into a solution containing a polymer underlayer and a solution containing almost no polymer. Only the upper layer solution was separated and removed. After adding 440 g of toluene to the remaining lower layer solution and uniformly mixing, 617 g of methanol was added, followed by extraction at 60 ° C for 1 hour. This was cooled to 30 ° C or lower and allowed to stand for 1 hour, and the solution containing the polymer underlayer and the layer containing almost no polymer were separated. After adding 440 g of toluene and 617 g of methanol and cooling to stand, the operation of separating and removing the upper layer was repeated twice to obtain -75-200838917.

聚合物、甲苯、及甲醇之聚合物溶液。測定該聚合物溶液 中之聚合物濃度後得到3 0重量%,由所得之溶液重量所 算出之產率爲90%。乾燥該溶液的一部份並分析所得結果 爲,由 Mw 二 129,208、Mw/Mn = 1 ·90、Tg = 1 1 1 °C、NMR 所求得知共聚合組成比如裝入比,丁氧基對OH基之轉變 率爲9 8 %。 - 同樣地製作出經萃取純化之聚合物溶液(聚合物濃度 30重量% ) 10 kg,加入作爲抗氧化劑之肆[伸甲基-3-( 3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯]甲烷9g,並均勻混合 (以下將該樹脂溶液稱爲膠漿1 )。將該溶液使用50 ιηπιφ (L/D=13.2)之二軸壓出機,於 220 °C、20 mmHg 下進行脫溶劑並使其顆粒化,得到顆粒狀之樹脂7A。分 析所得之樹脂顆粒7A之結果爲YI= 0.8、Mw = 1 1 93 69、 Mw/Mn=l,98、Tg=lli°c、殘留甲苯= 900 ppm。樹脂 7A中的不溶物之有無及溶液過濾性之評估結果如表3所 示。 [製造例8]苯乙烯系聚合物(8A)的製造 與製造例7同樣地所得之苯乙烯/p-t 丁氧基苯乙烯共 聚合物的甲苯溶液中添加甲苯225 g並稀釋後,添加甲醇 9〇g、濃硫酸1.15g ( 〇.〇1 17 mol ),加熱至60°C後,進行 8小時反應。其後添加5重量%之氫氧化鋰水溶液3 9 · 3 g ( 〇·〇469 mol),於6(rC下繼續進行30分鐘攪拌。將反應 溶液少量塗佈於pH試驗紙(Whatman公司製CS型、0·2 76- 200838917 間隔)並測定其pH,得到pH = 8 · 6。於該反應溶液中添 加50重量%之乳酸水溶液5.267 g ( 0.0235 mol),於60°C 下繼續進行30分鐘攪拌。將少量反應溶液塗佈於pH試 驗紙(Whatman公司製CS型、〇·2間隔)上並測定pH, 得到p Η = 3.8。與實施例同樣地所求之產率爲9 1 %。 與製造例7同樣地,進行所得聚合物溶液之萃取純化 ,得到聚合物濃度爲3 0重量%之聚合物溶液。乾燥該溶 液的一部份並進行分析結果,Mw二130、050、Mw/Mn = 1.91、Tg=lll°C,由NMR所求之共聚合組成比如裝入比 ,丁氧基對OH基之轉變率爲98%。 與上述同樣地作成經萃取純化之聚合物溶液(聚合物 濃度3 0重量% ) 1 0 kg,添加作爲抗氧化劑之肆[伸甲基-3- ( 3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯]甲烷9g並混合均 勻(以下將該樹脂溶液稱爲膠漿2 )。將該溶液使用50 mm φ (L/D=13.2)之二軸壓出機,於 220°C、20 mmHg 下進行脫溶劑並使其顆粒化,得到顆粒狀樹脂8A。分析 所得之樹脂顆粒8A的結果爲,YI = 〇.9、Mw^ 120,000、 Mw/Mn = ί·96、Tg = lli°c、殘留甲苯=900 ppm。樹脂 8 A中的不溶物之有無及溶液過濾性之評估結果如表3所 示0 [製造例9]苯乙烯系聚合物(9A)的製造A polymer solution of polymer, toluene, and methanol. The concentration of the polymer in the polymer solution was measured to obtain 30% by weight, and the yield calculated from the weight of the obtained solution was 90%. A part of the solution was dried and analyzed to obtain a copolymerization composition such as a loading ratio, butoxy group, from Mw 2,129,208, Mw/Mn = 1 ·90, Tg = 1 1 1 ° C, and NMR. The conversion rate to the OH group was 98%. - The same extraction-purified polymer solution (polymer concentration: 30% by weight) 10 kg was prepared, and 作为 [methyl-3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-) was added as an antioxidant. 9 g of hydroxyphenyl)propionate]methane and uniformly mixed (hereinafter, this resin solution is referred to as dope 1). This solution was desolvated and granulated at 220 ° C, 20 mmHg using a two-axis extruder of 50 ηηπιφ (L/D = 13.2) to obtain a pelletized resin 7A. The results of the analysis of the obtained resin particles 7A were YI = 0.8, Mw = 1 1 93 69, Mw / Mn = 1, 98, Tg = 11 μc, and residual toluene = 900 ppm. The evaluation results of the insoluble matter in the resin 7A and the solution filtration property are shown in Table 3. [Production Example 8] Production of styrene-based polymer (8A) To a toluene solution of a styrene/pt-butoxystyrene copolymer obtained in the same manner as in Production Example 7, 225 g of toluene was added and diluted, and then methanol 9 was added. 〇g, concentrated sulfuric acid 1.15 g (〇.〇1 17 mol), and after heating to 60 ° C, the reaction was carried out for 8 hours. Thereafter, a 5 wt% aqueous lithium hydroxide solution of 3 9 · 3 g (〇·〇469 mol) was added, and stirring was continued for 6 minutes at 6 °C. The reaction solution was applied to a pH test paper (CS by Whatman Co., Ltd.). Type, 0·2 76- 200838917 interval) and measuring the pH to obtain pH = 8 · 6. Add 50.5% by weight of lactic acid aqueous solution 5.267 g (0.0235 mol) to the reaction solution, and continue at 60 ° C for 30 minutes. The reaction solution was applied to a pH test paper (CS type, 〇·2 interval, manufactured by Whatman Co., Ltd.), and the pH was measured to obtain p Η = 3.8. The yield was 91% in the same manner as in the examples. In the same manner as in Production Example 7, the obtained polymer solution was subjected to extraction and purification to obtain a polymer solution having a polymer concentration of 30% by weight. A part of the solution was dried and analyzed, and Mw was 130, 050, Mw/. Mn = 1.91, Tg = lll ° C, the copolymerization composition obtained by NMR, for example, the loading ratio, and the conversion ratio of butoxy group to OH group was 98%. The extracted and purified polymer solution was prepared in the same manner as above (polymerization) Concentration of 30% by weight) 10 kg, added as an antioxidant 伸 [methyl-3-( 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate] 9 g of methane and uniformly mixed (hereinafter, this resin solution is referred to as dope 2). This solution was used at 50 mm φ (L/D). The two-axis extruder of =13.2) was desolvated and granulated at 220 ° C and 20 mmHg to obtain a particulate resin 8A. The result of analyzing the obtained resin pellet 8A was YI = 〇.9, Mw ^120,000, Mw/Mn = ί·96, Tg = lli°c, residual toluene=900 ppm. The presence or absence of insolubles in the resin 8 A and the evaluation results of the solution filterability are shown in Table 3 [Production Example 9] Manufacture of styrenic polymer (9A)

未使用驗以外,與製造例1 1同樣下所合成之聚合物 溶液使用50 mm&lt;i&gt; (L/D=13.2)之二軸壓出機,於220°C -77- 200838917 、20 mmHg下進行脫溶劑並使其顆粒化,得到顆粒9A。 分析所得之顆粒9A的結果爲,產生不溶於有機溶劑之成 分’進行可溶部之分析後得到 YI = 5.8、Mw= 244,4 1 0、 Mw/Mn= 3·62、Tg = 115°C、殘留甲苯=1〇〇〇卩?111。所得 之樹脂9A中的不溶物之有無及溶液過濾性之評估結果如 表3所示。 [製造例10]苯乙烯系聚合物(10A)的製造 於具備攪拌機、冷凝器、溫度計之玻璃製燒杯中加入 苯乙烯 340.8g( 3.275 mol)、p -異丙烯基酚 54.83g( 0.409 mol)、丙烯酸甲酯35.21g( 0.409 mol)作爲溶劑 之甲苯21 5g、及作爲自由基啓始劑之1,1’-偶氮雙(環己 烷-1-腈)1.50g ( 6.141 mmol),加入至 90°C,並進行 10 小時反應後,追加1,1’-偶氮雙(環己烷-1-腈)〇.50g ( 2.047 mmol),於9 0 °C再進行1 0小時反應。取出該聚合 液之一部份,測定反應率後得到92%。又,測定分子量後 得到 Mw= 57,000、Mw/Mn 二 2.00。 [製造例11]降冰片烯系聚合物(1B)的製造 將作爲單體之下述式(la)所示8 -甲氧基羰基-8-甲 基四環[4·4·0· I2,5· l7,1G]-3-十二碳烯l〇〇g、作爲分子量調 節劑之卜己烯3.6g、及甲苯200g放進由氮氣取代之反應 容器中,加熱至80°C。於此加入三乙基鋁(〇·6 mol/L ) 之甲苯溶液〇·21 mL、及甲醇變性WC16甲苯溶液(0.025 -78- 200838917 莫耳/L) 0·86 mL,並於80°C下進行1小時反應後得到開 環聚合物。其次於所得之開環聚合物溶液中添加作爲氫化 反應觸媒之RuHC1(CO)[P(C6H5)3]3 0.04g,將氫氣壓設定 爲9〜10 MPa,於160〜165 °C之溫度下進行3小時反應。 反應終了後將所得之生成物於多量甲醇中沈澱而得到氫化 物[玻璃轉移溫度(Tg) =167°C、重量平均分子量(Mw )=14·4χ1〇4、分子量分佈(Mw/Mn ) = 5.0、對數黏度 0.79 dL/g、產量90g (產率90%)]。藉由NMR測定所求 得之該氫化物之氫化率爲99.0%以上。以下將所得之開環 聚合物氫化物稱爲1 B。 [化 18]The polymer solution synthesized in the same manner as in Production Example 1 was used in a two-axis extruder of 50 mm &lt;i&gt; (L/D = 13.2) at 220 ° C -77 - 200838917 , 20 mmHg except for the unused test. Desolvation is carried out and granulated to obtain granule 9A. As a result of analyzing the obtained particle 9A, the component which is insoluble in the organic solvent was produced, and the analysis of the soluble portion was carried out to obtain YI = 5.8, Mw = 244, 4 1 0, Mw/Mn = 3.62, Tg = 115 °C. , residual toluene = 1 〇〇〇卩? 111. The presence or absence of the insoluble matter in the obtained resin 9A and the evaluation results of the solution filtration property are shown in Table 3. [Production Example 10] Production of styrene-based polymer (10A) In a glass beaker provided with a stirrer, a condenser, and a thermometer, 340.8 g (3.775 mol) of styrene and 54.83 g (0.409 mol) of p-isopropenylphenol were placed. 35.21g (0.409 mol) of methyl acrylate as a solvent of toluene 21 5g, and 1,1'-azobis(cyclohexane-1-carbonitrile) 1.50g ( 6.141 mmol) as a radical initiator After reacting for 10 hours at 90 ° C, 1,1'-azobis(cyclohexane-1-carbonitrile) 〇.50 g (2047 mmol) was added, and the reaction was further carried out at 90 ° C for 10 hours. A part of the polymerization liquid was taken out, and the reaction rate was measured to obtain 92%. Further, after measuring the molecular weight, Mw = 57,000 and Mw/Mn 2:00 were obtained. [Production Example 11] Production of norbornene-based polymer (1B) 8-methoxycarbonyl-8-methyltetracyclo[4·4·0·I2 represented by the following formula (la) as a monomer 5, l7,1G]-3-dodecene l〇〇g, 3.6 g of p-hexene as a molecular weight regulator, and 200 g of toluene were placed in a reaction vessel substituted with nitrogen, and heated to 80 °C. Here, triethylaluminum (〇·6 mol/L) in toluene solution 21·21 mL, and methanol denatured WC16 toluene solution (0.025-78-200838917 mol/L) 0·86 mL were added at 80 ° C. A ring-opening polymer was obtained after 1 hour of reaction. Next, 0.025 g of RuHC1(CO)[P(C6H5)3]3 as a hydrogenation reaction catalyst was added to the obtained ring-opening polymer solution, and the hydrogen pressure was set to 9 to 10 MPa at a temperature of 160 to 165 °C. The reaction was carried out for 3 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the obtained product was precipitated in a large amount of methanol to obtain a hydride [glass transition temperature (Tg) = 167 ° C, weight average molecular weight (Mw) = 14.4 χ 1 〇 4, molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn) = 5.0, logarithmic viscosity 0.79 dL / g, yield 90g (yield 90%)]. The hydrogenation ratio of the hydride obtained by NMR measurement was 99.0% or more. The resulting ring-opening polymer hydride is hereinafter referred to as 1 B. [Chem. 18]

[製造例12]降冰片烯系聚合物(2B)的製造 將前述式(la)所示8 -甲氧基羰基-8 -甲基四環 [4·4·0·12’5·17’1()]-3·十二碳烯 144g、下述式(2a)所示雙 環[2·2·1]庚-2-烯6g、作爲分子量調節劑之^己烯i44g 、及甲苯225g放入由氮氣取代之反應容器中,加熱至 80°C。於此加入三乙基鋁(〇·6 mol/L )之甲苯溶液0.34[Production Example 12] Production of norbornene-based polymer (2B) 8-methoxycarbonyl-8-methyltetracyclo[4·4·0·12'5·17' represented by the above formula (la) 144g of 1()]-3-dodecene, 6g of bicyclo[2·2·1]hept-2-ene represented by the following formula (2a), hexene i44g as a molecular weight regulator, and 225g of toluene The reaction vessel was replaced with nitrogen and heated to 80 °C. Adding toluene solution of triethylaluminum (〇·6 mol/L) 0.34

mL、及甲醇變性WC16甲苯溶液(0·025莫耳/L) ι·37 mL ,於8 0 °C下進行1小時反應而得到開環聚合物。其次,於 所得之開環聚合物溶液中添加作爲氫化反應觸媒之 -79- 200838917mL, and methanol denatured WC16 toluene solution (0·025 mol/L) ι·37 mL, and reacted at 80 ° C for 1 hour to obtain a ring-opened polymer. Next, the obtained ring-opening polymer solution is added as a hydrogenation catalyst. -79- 200838917

RuHC1(CO)[P(C6H5)3]3 (K〇6g,將氫氣壓設定爲 9 〜ι〇 MPa,於160〜165 °C之溫度下進行3小時反應。反應終了 後,將所得之生成物於多量甲醇中沈澱而得到氫化物[玻 璃轉移溫度(Tg ) = 154°C、重量平均分子量(Mw )= 7.4 X 1 04、分子量分佈(Mw/Mn ) = 4·2、對數黏度0.55 dL/g、產量90g (產率90% )]。藉由NMR測定所求得之 該氫化物的氫化率爲99· 0%以上。以下將所得之開環聚合 物氫化物稱爲2B。RuHC1(CO)[P(C6H5)3]3 (K〇6g, the hydrogen pressure is set to 9~ι〇MPa, and the reaction is carried out at a temperature of 160~165 °C for 3 hours. After the reaction is finished, the resulting product is formed. Precipitate in a large amount of methanol to obtain a hydride [glass transition temperature (Tg) = 154 ° C, weight average molecular weight (Mw) = 7.4 X 1 04, molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn) = 4. 2, logarithmic viscosity 0.55 dL /g, yield 90 g (yield 90%)] The hydrogenation ratio of the hydride obtained by NMR measurement was 99. 0% or more. Hereinafter, the obtained hydrogenated ring-opening polymer was referred to as 2B.

(2a) [製造例13]降冰片烯系聚合物(3B)的製造 將前述式(la)所示 8 -甲氧基羰基-8-甲基四環 [4·4·0·12’5.17’1()]-3_ 十二碳烯 135g、下述式(3a)所示三 環[5.2.1.02’6]-癸-3,8-二烯15g、作爲分子量調節劑之ΙΕ /烯 20.5g、 及甲苯 225g 放入 經氮氣取代之 反應容 器中, 加熱至80°C。於此加入三乙基鋁(0.6 mol/L)之甲苯溶 液0 · 3 4 mL、及甲醇變性w C16甲苯溶液(0.025莫耳/1〇 1.39 mL,於80°C進行1小時反應而得到開環聚合物。其 次於所得之開環聚合物溶液中加入氫化反應觸媒之 RuH(OCO-Ar-CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3)(CO)[P(C6H5)3]2 (式中 Ar表示對伸苯基)〇 · 〇 6 g,升溫至9 0 °C後,將氫氣壓設定 -80 - 200838917 爲9〜lOMPa,再升至160〜165 °C後進行3小時反應。反 應終了後將所得之生成物於多量甲醇中沈澱而得到氫化物 [玻璃轉移溫度(Tg) =160t:、重量平均分子量(Mw) =4 · 4 X 1 0 4、分子量分佈(Mw/Mn)二 5.5、治數 ^ 度 0 · 4 1 . dL/g、產量90g (產率90% )]。藉由NMR測定所求得之 該氫化物的氫化率爲99.0%以上。以下將所得之開環聚合 物氫化物稱爲3 B。 [化 20](2a) [Production Example 13] Production of norbornene-based polymer (3B) 8-methoxycarbonyl-8-methyltetracyclo[4·4·0·12'5.17 represented by the above formula (la) '1()]-3_ 135g of dodecene, tricyclo [5.2.1.02'6]-indole-3,8-diene 15g represented by the following formula (3a), ΙΕ /ene 20.5 as molecular weight regulator g, and 225 g of toluene were placed in a reaction vessel substituted with nitrogen and heated to 80 °C. Here, triethylaluminum (0.6 mol/L) in toluene solution 0 · 3 4 mL, and methanol denatured w C16 toluene solution (0.025 mol / 1 〇 1.39 mL) were added, and the reaction was carried out at 80 ° C for 1 hour to obtain an opening. Ring polymer. Secondly, the hydrogenation reaction catalyst is added to the obtained ring-opening polymer solution by RuH(OCO-Ar-CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3)(CO)[P(C6H5)3]2 (wherein Ar represents a para-phenylene group). · 〇6 g, after raising the temperature to 90 °C, set the hydrogen pressure to -80 - 200838917 to 9~10 MPa, and then increase to 160~165 °C for 3 hours. After the reaction is finished, the resulting product is in a large amount. Precipitation in methanol to obtain hydride [glass transition temperature (Tg) = 160t: weight average molecular weight (Mw) = 4 · 4 X 1 0 4, molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn) two 5.5, treatment number ^ 0 · 4 1 dL/g, yield 90 g (yield 90%)] The hydrogenation ratio of the hydride obtained by NMR measurement was 99.0% or more. Hereinafter, the obtained hydrogenated ring-opening polymer was referred to as 3 B. [Chemistry 20]

“(3a〉 [製造例14]降冰片烯系聚合物(4B)的製造 將前述式(la)所示 8 -甲氧基羰基-8 -甲基四環 [4·4·0·12’5·17’1()]-3-十二碳烯 12.46 kg、前述式(2a )所 示雙環[2 ·2·1]庚-2-烯0.14 kg、前述式(3a)所示三環 [5· 2 ·1·02’6] -癸-3,8 -二嫌1.4 kg、作爲分子量調節劑之1-己烯1.214 kg、及甲苯21 kg放入由氮氣取代之反應容器 中,並加熱至80t:。於此加入三乙基鋁(0.6 mol/L )之 甲苯溶液37.7 mL、及甲醇變性WC16甲苯溶液(0.025莫 耳/L ) 1 3 1 ·44 mL,進行80°C下1小時反應後得到開環聚 合物。其次,將所得之開環聚合物溶液以甲苯1 7.7 kg稀 釋,添加作爲氫化反應觸媒之"(3a> [Production Example 14] Production of norbornene-based polymer (4B): 8-methoxycarbonyl-8-methyltetracyclo[4·4·0·12' represented by the above formula (la) 5.17'1()]-3-dodecene 12.46 kg, bicyclo[2 ·2·1]hept-2-ene 0.14 kg represented by the above formula (2a), the tricyclic ring represented by the above formula (3a) [5· 2 ·1·02'6] -癸-3,8 - 1.4 kg, 1.14 kg of 1-hexene as a molecular weight regulator, and 21 kg of toluene were placed in a reaction vessel substituted with nitrogen, and Heating to 80t: Add 37.7 mL of toluene solution of triethylaluminum (0.6 mol/L) and methanol-denatured WC16 toluene solution (0.025 mol/L) 1 3 1 ·44 mL, and carry out at 80 °C. After the hour reaction, a ring-opening polymer is obtained. Secondly, the obtained ring-opening polymer solution is diluted with toluene 1 7.7 kg, and added as a hydrogenation catalyst.

RuH(OCO-Ar-CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3)(CO)[P(C6H5)3]2 (式中 -81 - 200838917RuH(OCO-Ar-CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3)(CO)[P(C6H5)3]2 (in the formula -81 - 200838917

Ar表示對伸苯基)4.69g,升溫至90°C後,將氫氣壓設定 爲9〜10 MPa,再升溫至160〜165 °C並進行3小時反應。 反應終了後,將所得之生成物於多量甲醇中沈潑而得到氫 化物[玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)二159 °C、重量平均分子量( Mw) =8.8xl04、分子量分佈(Mw/Mn)二3.0、對數黏度 0.65 dL/g、產量13 kg (產率93% )]。藉由NMR測定所 求得之該氫化物的氫化率爲9 9 · 〇 %以上。以下將所得之開 環聚合物氫化物稱爲4B。 [製造例15]降冰片烯系聚合物(5B)的製造 放入前述式(la)所示 8 -甲基-8 -羧基甲基四環 [4.4·0.12’5.Γ’1()]-3-十二碳烯(以下,亦稱爲「DNM」) 50重量份、下述式(4a)所示5 -甲基-5-甲氧基羰基雙環 [2.2.1]庚-2-烯(以下,亦稱爲「NM」)25重量份、甲苯 1 5 0重量份、1 -己烯3 · 18重量份後升溫至8 0 °C。加入三乙 基鋁0.030重量份、甲醇變性WC16 (無水甲醇:PhPOC12 :WC16=103: 6 3 0: 427(重量比))0.0 510 重量份後開 始反應。2分鐘後將DNM25重量份分10分鐘滴下,再進 行1小時反應。NM,DNM的轉換於反應開始後2分鐘各 爲5 2%、61%,反應終了後各爲96.2%、97.2%。Ar represents 4.69 g of phenylene group. After raising the temperature to 90 ° C, the hydrogen pressure was set to 9 to 10 MPa, and the temperature was raised to 160 to 165 ° C for 3 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the resultant product was poured into a large amount of methanol to obtain a hydride [glass transition temperature (Tg) 2 159 ° C, weight average molecular weight (Mw) = 8.8×10 4 , molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn) 2 3.0 The logarithmic viscosity is 0.65 dL/g and the yield is 13 kg (yield 93%)]. The hydrogenation ratio of the hydride obtained by NMR measurement was 9 9 · 〇 % or more. The resulting hydrogenated ring-opening polymer is hereinafter referred to as 4B. [Production Example 15] Production of norbornene-based polymer (5B) The 8-methyl-8-carboxymethyltetracyclo [4.10. -3-dodecene (hereinafter, also referred to as "DNM") 50 parts by weight, 5-methyl-5-methoxycarbonylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2- represented by the following formula (4a) 25 parts by weight of aene (hereinafter also referred to as "NM"), 150 parts by weight of toluene, and 3 · 18 parts by weight of 1-hexene were heated to 80 °C. The reaction was started after adding 0.030 part by weight of triethylaluminum and 0.0158 parts by weight of methanol-denatured WC16 (anhydrous methanol: PhPOC12: WC16 = 103: 6 3 0: 427 (weight ratio)). After 2 minutes, DNM 25 parts by weight was dropped for 10 minutes, and further reacted for 1 hour. The conversion of NM and DNM was 52% and 61% at 2 minutes after the start of the reaction, and was 96.2% and 97.2% after the end of the reaction.

加入甲苯 110 重量份、RuI^OCOPh-CsHnKCOKPPhOz 釕氫化觸媒0.0418重量份,進行3次氫氣取代使壓力升 至8 MPa。其後將反應機之内溫提高到160 °C,壓力設定 至10 MPa,進行3h之氫化反應。藉由氫化後的1H-NMR -82- 200838917 分析得到99.9%以上之氫化率。 反應終了後,加入甲苯1 00重量份並稀釋,加入蒸餾 水3重量份、乳酸〇·72重量份、過氧化氫0.002 1 4重量 份’於60°C下進行30分鐘加熱。其後加入甲醇234重量 份,並於60 °C下進行30分鐘加熱。冷卻至25°C後分離出 2層。除去澄清液體3 3 3重量份,加入甲苯202重量份、 水3重量份,於6(TC下進行30分鐘加熱。其後加入甲醇 132重量份,於60°C下進行30分鐘加熱。冷卻至25°C後 分離出2層。再次除去澄清液3 3 3重量份,加入甲苯202 重量份、水3重量份,於60 °C下進行30分鐘加熱。其後 加入甲醇132重量份,於60°C下進行30分鐘加熱。冷卻 至25 °C後分離出2層。最後除去澄清液3 3 3重量份後,將 下層部之聚合物溶液稀釋至固體成分濃度20%,進行2.0 μπι ' 1.0 μπι、0.2 μπι之3階段過濾。將此經乾燥後得到 聚合物5Β。聚合物產率=92%、1 0°/。甲苯溶液之ΥΙ = 〇.3 1 、η = 0.64 ' Mw= 1 0 1 450 &gt; Mn=36658、Tg = 137°C。To 110 parts by weight of toluene, 0.018 parts by weight of RuI^OCOPh-CsHnKCOKPPhOz® hydrogenation catalyst was added, and the hydrogen substitution was carried out three times to increase the pressure to 8 MPa. Thereafter, the internal temperature of the reactor was raised to 160 ° C, the pressure was set to 10 MPa, and hydrogenation was carried out for 3 hours. The hydrogenation rate of 99.9% or more was obtained by analysis of 1H-NMR-82-200838917 after hydrogenation. After the completion of the reaction, 100 parts by weight of toluene was added and diluted, and 3 parts by weight of distilled water, 72 parts by weight of lanthanum lactate, and 0.002 14 parts by weight of hydrogen peroxide were added and heated at 60 ° C for 30 minutes. Thereafter, 234 parts by weight of methanol was added, and heating was carried out at 60 ° C for 30 minutes. After cooling to 25 ° C, 2 layers were separated. 3 3 parts by weight of the clear liquid was removed, 202 parts by weight of toluene and 3 parts by weight of water were added, and heating was carried out for 6 minutes at 6 (TC). Thereafter, 132 parts by weight of methanol was added, and heating was carried out at 60 ° C for 30 minutes. Two layers were separated after 25 ° C. The clarified liquid was again removed by 3 3 3 parts by weight, 202 parts by weight of toluene and 3 parts by weight of water were added, and the mixture was heated at 60 ° C for 30 minutes, and then 132 parts by weight of methanol was added thereto. The mixture was heated at ° C for 30 minutes, and after cooling to 25 ° C, two layers were separated. After finally removing 3 3 3 parts by weight of the clear liquid, the polymer solution of the lower layer was diluted to a solid concentration of 20% for 2.0 μπι ' 1.0 Filter in 3 stages of μπι, 0.2 μπι. After drying this, the polymer was obtained 5 Β. Polymer yield = 92%, 10 ° /. Toluene solution ΥΙ = 〇.3 1 , η = 0.64 ' Mw = 1 0 1 450 &gt; Mn = 36658, Tg = 137 °C.

Ut 21]Ut 21]

[實施例1] 將製造例1所得之聚合物1 a 7g與製造例i〗所得之 -83- 200838917 聚合物IB 13g溶解於二氯甲烷200g,將經減壓過濾(濾 劑:ADVANTEC製GA200 )的溶液澆鑄於平滑剝離製浴 槽內。將該薄膜自浴槽剝離後,以°C之真空乾燥機進 行1 2小時乾燥得到厚度1 45 μιη之薄膜。對所得之組成物 (薄膜)的對數黏度、玻璃轉移溫度進行後,得到對數黏 度 Tl=0.68dL/g、Tg=14rc。又,薄膜之 Haze 爲 0.3。 將該薄膜切出寬10 mm、長度70 mm,於具備恆溫層 之拉伸試驗機(Instron corporation製模型 5567)進行 加熱延伸後製造出自由寬1軸延伸薄膜。於146°C中以 220%/分鐘的速度下延伸至2倍後,延伸時之最大應力爲 73 kgf/cm2。所得之薄膜之膜厚爲104 μιη,測定相位差( Re )後得到 Re45〇 = 125 nm、Re5 5 0 = 1 4 1 nm、Re65 0 = 149 nm。其中 Re450、Re5 5 0、及 Re650 表示各波長 450 、5 5 0、及6 5 〇 nm之相位差(Re )。又,將延伸方向作爲 X軸,與薄膜面内之X軸成直交之軸爲y軸,薄膜厚度方 向爲z軸(與X軸及y軸雙方呈直交之方向),將各軸方 向之折射率各以nx、ny、及nz表示時,NZ= ( nx-nz) / ( nx-ny )所示NZ係數爲1。 進行延伸前之樹脂組成物薄膜加熱下的相溶性評估, 即使於280〜300°C之加熱下亦可維持透明性,且熱處理後 Haze = 0.3。結果如表1所示。 [實施例2] 將製造例2所得之聚合物2a 2.9g與製造例1 1所得 -84- 200838917 之聚合物1 B 5 · 4 g之混合物薄膜,與實施例1同樣下進行 澆鑄製膜,得到厚度5 9 μιη之薄膜。測定所得之組成物( 薄膜)的玻璃轉移溫度時,得到Tg二134°C °又’薄膜之 Haze 爲 0.3。 將該薄膜與實施例1同樣下,作成自由寬1軸延伸薄 膜。於142°C下以220%/分鐘的速度延伸至2倍後’延伸 時之最大應力爲68 kgf/cm2。所得之薄膜的膜厚爲43 ,測定相位差(Re )得到 Re450 = 62 nm、Re550 = 66 nm 、Re650=68 nm。又,NZ 係數爲 1。 進行延伸前樹脂組成物薄膜加熱下之相溶性的評估’ 得知2 8 0 °C之加熱下確認出微相分離,且Haze = 5 0。結果 如表1所示。 [實施例3] 將製造例3所得之聚合物3A 2.9g與製造例12所得 之聚合物2B 5.4g之混合物薄膜,與實施例1同樣下進行 澆鑄製膜,得到厚度1 〇〇 μιη、Haze = 0.3之薄膜。 將該薄膜與實施例1同樣地,作成自由寬1軸延伸薄 膜。於135t以220%/分鐘的速度下延伸至2倍後,延伸 時的最大應力爲61 kgf/cm2。所得之薄膜的膜厚爲79 μπι ,測定相位差(Re )後得到Re450 = 80 nm、Re5 50 = 93 nm、Re650=99 nm。又,NZ 係數爲 1。 進行該樹脂組成物薄膜加熱下之相溶性的評估,得知 即使於280〜3 00°C之加熱下亦可維持透明性,熱處理後之 -85- 200838917[Example 1] The polymer 1 a 7 g obtained in Production Example 1 and the -83-200838917 polymer IB 13 g obtained in Production Example i were dissolved in 200 g of dichloromethane, and filtered under reduced pressure (filter: GA200 manufactured by ADVANTEC) The solution was cast in a smooth stripping bath. The film was peeled off from the bath, and dried in a vacuum oven at ° C for 12 hours to obtain a film having a thickness of 1 45 μm. After the logarithmic viscosity of the obtained composition (film) and the glass transition temperature, logarithmic viscosity Tl = 0.68 dL/g and Tg = 14 rc were obtained. Also, the Haze of the film was 0.3. The film was cut into a width of 10 mm and a length of 70 mm, and heated and stretched in a tensile tester (model 5567 manufactured by Instron Corporation) having a constant temperature layer to produce a free-width 1-axis stretched film. After extending to 2 times at 146 ° C at a rate of 220% / minute, the maximum stress during elongation was 73 kgf / cm 2 . The film thickness of the obtained film was 104 μm, and the phase difference (Re) was measured to obtain Re45〇 = 125 nm, Re5 5 0 = 1 4 1 nm, and Re65 0 = 149 nm. Re450, Re5 50, and Re650 represent the phase difference (Re ) of each of the wavelengths of 450, 550, and 6 5 〇 nm. Further, the extending direction is defined as the X-axis, and the axis orthogonal to the X-axis in the film plane is the y-axis, and the film thickness direction is the z-axis (the direction orthogonal to both the X-axis and the y-axis), and the refraction of each axis direction is performed. When the rates are expressed by nx, ny, and nz, the NZ coefficient shown by NZ = (nx-nz) / (nx-ny) is 1. The compatibility of the resin composition film before the elongation was evaluated for the compatibility, and the transparency was maintained even under heating at 280 to 300 ° C, and Haze = 0.3 after the heat treatment. The results are shown in Table 1. [Example 2] A film of a mixture of 2.9 g of the polymer 2a obtained in Production Example 2 and a polymer of 1 B 5 · 4 g of -84-200838917 obtained in Production Example 1 was cast and formed in the same manner as in Example 1. A film having a thickness of 5 9 μηη was obtained. When the glass transition temperature of the obtained composition (film) was measured, a Hag of Tg of 134 ° C ° and a film of 0.3 was obtained. This film was formed into a free-width one-axis stretch film in the same manner as in Example 1. The maximum stress at the time of extension at 142 ° C at a rate of 220% / minute was 68 kgf / cm 2 . The film thickness of the obtained film was 43, and the phase difference (Re) was measured to obtain Re450 = 62 nm, Re550 = 66 nm, and Re650 = 68 nm. Also, the NZ coefficient is 1. Evaluation of the compatibility of the resin composition film before heating was carried out. It was found that microphase separation was confirmed under heating at 280 ° C, and Haze = 50. The results are shown in Table 1. [Example 3] A film of a mixture of 2.9 g of the polymer 3A obtained in Production Example 3 and 5.4 g of the polymer 2B obtained in Production Example 12 was cast and formed in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain a thickness of 1 〇〇μιη, Haze. = 0.3 film. This film was formed into a free-width one-axis stretch film in the same manner as in Example 1. After extending to 2 times at a rate of 220%/min at 135 t, the maximum stress at extension was 61 kgf/cm2. The film thickness of the obtained film was 79 μm, and the phase difference (Re) was measured to obtain Re450 = 80 nm, Re5 50 = 93 nm, and Re650 = 99 nm. Also, the NZ coefficient is 1. The evaluation of the compatibility of the resin composition film under heating was carried out, and it was found that transparency can be maintained even under heating at 280 to 00 ° C, and -85-200838917 after heat treatment.

Haze = 0.3。結果如表1所示。 [實施例4] 將製造例3所得之聚合物3 A 2 · 9 g與製造例1 3所得 之聚合物3 B 5,4 g之混合物薄膜,與實施例1同樣下進行 澆鑄製膜,得到厚度91 μιη、Haze = 0.3之薄膜。 該薄膜與實施例1同樣下,作成自由寬1軸延伸薄膜 。於142°C以220%/分鐘之速度下延伸至1.9倍後,延伸 時之最大應力爲89 kgf/cm2。所得之薄膜的膜厚爲67 μιη ,測定相位差(Re )後得到 Re450 = 72 nm、Re5 50 = 86 nm、Re650=9 2nm。又,NZ 係數爲 1。 進行該樹脂組成物薄膜加熱下的相溶性之評估後,得 知即使於280〜3 00°C之加熱下亦可維持透明性,熱處理後 之Haze = 0.3。結果如表1所示。 [實施例5] 將製造例4所得之聚合物4A 2.9g與製造例1 1所得 之聚合物IB 5.4g之混合物薄膜,與實施例1同樣下進行 澆鑄製膜,得到厚度90 μιη、Haze = 0.3之薄膜。 將該薄膜與實施例1同樣下,作成自由寬1軸延伸薄 膜。於145°C下以220%/分鐘之速度延伸至2倍後’延伸 時之最大應力爲60 kgf/cm2。所得之薄膜的膜厚爲65 ,測定相位差(Re )後得到Re450 = 77 nm、Re55G = 86 nm、Re650=90 nm。又,NZ 係數爲 1。 -86 - 200838917 進行該樹脂組成物薄膜加熱下的相溶性之評估後,得 知即使280°C之加熱下亦可維持透明性,熱處理後之Haze = 0.3。結果如表1所示。 [實施例6] 將製造例5所得之聚合物5A 2.9g與製造例13所得 之聚合物3B 5.4g之混合物薄膜,與實施例1同樣下進行 澆鑄製膜,得到厚度92 μπι、Haze = 0.3之薄膜。 該薄膜與實施例1同樣下,作成自由寬1軸延伸薄膜 。於147 °C以220%/分鐘的速度下延伸至1.9倍後,延伸 時之最大應力爲35 kgf/cm2。所得之薄膜的膜厚爲72 μπι ,測定相位差(Re )後得到 Re450 = 88 nm、Re5 50 = 96 nm、Re650=101 nm。又,NZ 係數爲 1。 進行該樹脂組成物薄膜加熱下的相溶性之評估後,得 知即使於3 00 °C之加熱下亦可維持透明性,熱處理後之 Haze=0.3。結果如表1所示。 [實施例7] 將製造例5所得之聚合物5a 7g與製造例14所得之 聚合物4 B 1 3 g之混合物薄膜,與實施例1同樣下進行澆 金S製膜’得到厚度9 3 μ m、H a z e = 0.3之薄膜。 將該薄膜與實施例1同樣下,作成自由寬1軸延伸薄 膜。於147°C以220%/分鐘之速度下延伸至2.8倍後,延 伸時的最大應力爲65 kgf/cm2。所得之薄膜的膜厚爲58 -87- 200838917 μπι,測定相位差(Re )後’得到 Re450 = 99 nm、Re550 = 111 nm、Re650=118 nm。又,NZ 係數爲 1。Haze = 0.3. The results are shown in Table 1. [Example 4] A film of a mixture of 3 A 2 · 9 g of the polymer obtained in Production Example 3 and 5 4 and 4 g of the polymer 3 B obtained in Production Example 13 was cast and formed in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain a film. Film with a thickness of 91 μηη and Haze = 0.3. This film was formed into a free-width one-axis stretched film in the same manner as in Example 1. After extending to 1.9 times at a rate of 220%/min at 142 ° C, the maximum stress during elongation was 89 kgf/cm 2 . The film thickness of the obtained film was 67 μm, and the phase difference (Re ) was measured to obtain Re450 = 72 nm, Re5 50 = 86 nm, and Re650 = 92 nm. Also, the NZ coefficient is 1. After the evaluation of the compatibility of the resin composition film under heating, it was found that the transparency was maintained even under heating at 280 to 300 ° C, and Haze = 0.3 after the heat treatment. The results are shown in Table 1. [Example 5] A film of a mixture of 2.9 g of the polymer 4A obtained in Production Example 4 and 5.4 g of the polymer IB obtained in Production Example 1 was cast and formed in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain a thickness of 90 μm and Haze = 0.3 film. This film was formed into a free-width one-axis stretch film in the same manner as in Example 1. The maximum stress at the time of extension was 60 kgf/cm2 at 145 ° C at a rate of 220% / minute. The film thickness of the obtained film was 65, and after measuring the phase difference (Re), Re450 = 77 nm, Re55G = 86 nm, and Re650 = 90 nm were obtained. Also, the NZ coefficient is 1. -86 - 200838917 After the evaluation of the compatibility of the resin composition film under heating, it was found that the transparency was maintained even under heating at 280 ° C, and Haze = 0.3 after the heat treatment. The results are shown in Table 1. [Example 6] A film of a mixture of 2.9 g of the polymer 5A obtained in Production Example 5 and 5.4 g of the polymer 3B obtained in Production Example 13 was cast and formed in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain a thickness of 92 μm and Haze = 0.3. The film. This film was formed into a free-width one-axis stretched film in the same manner as in Example 1. After extending to 1.9 times at 147 ° C at a rate of 220%/min, the maximum stress during elongation was 35 kgf/cm 2 . The film thickness of the obtained film was 72 μm, and the phase difference (Re) was measured to obtain Re450 = 88 nm, Re5 50 = 96 nm, and Re650 = 101 nm. Also, the NZ coefficient is 1. After the evaluation of the compatibility of the resin composition film under heating, it was found that the transparency was maintained even under heating at 300 ° C, and Haze = 0.3 after the heat treatment. The results are shown in Table 1. [Example 7] A film of a mixture of 7 g of the polymer 5a obtained in Production Example 5 and the polymer 4 B 1 3 g obtained in Production Example 14 was subjected to pouring gold to form a film as in Example 1 to obtain a thickness of 9 3 μ. m, film with aze = 0.3. This film was formed into a free-width one-axis stretch film in the same manner as in Example 1. After extending to 2.8 times at 147 ° C at a rate of 220% / minute, the maximum stress during elongation was 65 kgf / cm 2 . The film thickness of the obtained film was 58 - 87 - 200838917 μπι, and the phase difference (Re ) was measured to obtain Re450 = 99 nm, Re550 = 111 nm, and Re650 = 118 nm. Also, the NZ coefficient is 1.

進行該樹脂組成物薄膜加熱下的相溶性之評估後,得 知即使於300°C 之加熱下亦可維持透明性,熱處理後之Haze二0.3。 結果如表1所示。 [實施例8] 將製造例5所得之聚合物5 A 7g與製造例1 4所得之 聚合物4B 13g之混合物薄膜,與實施例1同樣手法下進 行澆鑄製膜,得到厚度180 μιη、Haze = 0.3之薄膜。 將所得之薄膜切成l〇cm四方形,使用(股)東洋精 機製作所製油壓伺服式二軸延伸試驗裝置X6H-S,於 1 45 °C以3 00%/分鐘的速度下進行寬約束1軸延伸至2.4倍 。延伸時的最大應力爲4 kgf/cm2。所得之薄膜的膜厚爲 7 5 μ m,測定相位差(R e )後,得到 R e 4 5 0 = 86 n m、 Re550 — 95 nm、Re650 = 99 nm。又,NZ 係數爲 1.44。結 果如表1所示。 [實施例9] 將製造例5所得之聚合物5A 6.6g與製造例14所得 之聚合物4B 13.4g之混合物薄膜,與實施例1同樣手法 進行澆鑄製膜,得到厚度189 μιη、Haze= 0.3之薄膜。 將所得之薄膜與實施例8同樣地,於147 °C下進行寬 -88- 200838917 約束1軸延伸至2.3倍。延伸時的最大應力爲3 kSf/cm2 。所得之薄膜的膜厚爲8 3 μπι,測定相位差(Re )後’得 到 Re450 = 98 nm、Re5 5 0 二 104 nm、Re650 = 1 08 nm。又 ,NZ係數爲1 .3 8。結果如表1所示。 [實施例10、1 1] 製造例7所得之脫溶劑前的苯乙烯系共聚合物7A、 與製造例1 5所得之脫溶劑前的降冰片烯系樹脂5B以重量 比爲6/14 (實施例10 )及9/1 1 (實施例1 1 )的比率下調 製且將固體成分調整爲20%。將各聚合物溶液以0.2 μηι 孔大小之PTFE過濾器進行過濾。其後,於260°C、l.Otor 之條件下除去溶劑,通過5 μιη過濾器後得到Blend樹脂 顆粒。實施例1 〇的Tg測定中的圖表如圖7所示,實施例 1 1的Tg測定中之圖表如圖8所示。兩者之來自單獨聚合 物之Tg皆消失,確認出單一波峰,判斷出苯乙烯系共聚 合物7 A、與降冰片烯系樹脂5 B於任一組成下皆爲相溶化 。實施例10中之Tg爲128°C,實施例1 1中之Tg爲 124。〇。 將實施例1 〇的組成物於具有5 μιη聚合物過濾器之熔 融壓出裝置中,於260°C下以l〇m/min的速度進行成膜的 結果’得到過滬器通過前與通過後之壓力差爲較低之2 MPa,寬 500 mm,250 μιη 膜厚之薄膜。其爲 ΗΑΖΕ=0·3 ,ΥΙ = 0·3之較小著色性的透明薄膜。由薄膜的Tg二 1 2 8 °C之單獨波峰,可判斷出苯乙烯系共聚合物7 a與降冰 -89- 200838917 片烯系樹脂5B於薄膜成形後亦未分離。將該薄膜切出 lOcmxlOcm,將橫方向之寬維持於不變的i〇cm下進行寬 拘延伸。延伸條件.延伸溫度=1 3 3 C ( T g + 5 °C )、延伸 速度=3 00 mm/min、縱方向之延伸倍率=3.0倍。延伸後 膜厚=80 μπι。5 5 0 nm、650 nm之相位差各爲140 nm、 145 nm,65 0 nm與5 50 nm之相位差比(波長分散性)= 1.036。550 nm、650 nm之複折射由相位差/膜厚算出,各 爲 0.001 75,0·00181。又,NZ 係數=1.025。結果奁表! 所示。 又,將實施例1 1的組成物使用射出成形機,於28 0°c 下作成3 mm厚度的成型品。成型品之相位差最大爲2 nm 之非常小的數値,且低複折射性,YI二〇. 7與著色性亦皆 小。 [實施例12] • 將製造例10所合成之苯乙烯系共聚合物10A、與製 造例15所得之脫溶劑前的降冰片烯系樹脂5B,以6g/14g 、 之比率下調製且調整,與實施例1的同樣手法下進行澆禱 ‘ 製膜,得到厚度190 μιη、Haze= 〇·3之薄膜。結果如表i 所示。 [比較例1 ] 取代聚合物1A使用PS Japan (股)製聚苯乙烯以外 ’與實施例1同樣下進行與製造例i〗所得之聚合物1 B之 -90- 200838917 混合物的澆鑄製膜。其結果爲不管是否使用溶劑,皆無法 得到透明薄膜。 又,進行加熱下之相溶性的評估後,280°C中之海島 結構樣的相分離被觀測到。結果如表2所示。 [比較例2 ] 取代聚合物1 A使用N 〇 v a c h e m i c a 1 s製馬來酸酐/苯乙 烯共聚合物(DYLARK232 )以外,與實施例1同樣下進 行與製造例1 1所得之聚合物1 B之混合物的澆鑄製膜。其 結果,使用二氯甲烷作爲溶劑時,無法得到透明薄膜。另 一方面,使用甲苯作爲溶劑時,可得到透明薄膜,但乾燥 速度非常慢,無法使用於工業生產上。 又,進行使用甲苯所得之澆鑄薄膜的加熱下之相溶性 評估,觀測到280°C中之微相分離。 且對使用二軸壓出機藉由熔融混煉進行相溶化做檢討 ,得知僅可得到290 °C下之白濁顆粒。結果如表2所示。 [比較例3] 取代乙酸苯乙烯使用p-異丙烯基酚以外,與製造例i 同樣地合成聚合物。所得之聚合物的分子量爲Mw = 20,000 ( Mw/Mn= 2·2 ),反應率爲57%。所得之聚合物 與製造例5所得之聚合物1Β的混合物進行澆鑄製膜時, 薄膜強度較低’無法達到特性評估之程度。結果如表2所 示0 -91 - 200838917 [比較例4] 將製造例11所得之聚合物1B 2〇g與實施例1同樣手 法下進行澆鑄製膜,得到厚度140 μΠ1、HaZe= 〇·3之薄膜 〇 所得之薄膜與實施例1同樣下’於1771下自由端1 軸延伸至2倍。延伸時的最大應力爲40 kgf/cm2。所得之 薄膜的膜厚爲 100 μπι,測定相位差(Re )得到Re45〇 = 396 nm、Re550=388 nm、Re6 5 0= 3 84 nm。又,NZ 係數 爲1。結果如表2所示。After the evaluation of the compatibility of the resin composition film under heating, it was found that the transparency was maintained even under heating at 300 ° C, and Haze 2 was 0.3 after the heat treatment. The results are shown in Table 1. [Example 8] A film of a mixture of 7 g of the polymer 5 A obtained in Production Example 5 and 13 g of the polymer 4B obtained in Production Example 14 was cast into a film in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain a thickness of 180 μm and Haze = 0.3 film. The obtained film was cut into a 10 cm square, and a hydraulic servo-type biaxial extension test device X6H-S manufactured by Toyo Seiki Co., Ltd. was used, and a wide constraint was performed at 1300 ° C at a speed of 300%/min. The 1 axis extends to 2.4 times. The maximum stress during extension is 4 kgf/cm2. The film thickness of the obtained film was 75 μm, and after measuring the phase difference (R e ), R e 4 5 0 = 86 n m , Re550 — 95 nm, and Re650 = 99 nm were obtained. Also, the NZ coefficient is 1.44. The results are shown in Table 1. [Example 9] A film of a mixture of 6.6 g of the polymer 5A obtained in Production Example 5 and 13.4 g of the polymer 4B obtained in Production Example 14 was cast into a film in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain a thickness of 189 μm and Haze = 0.3. The film. The obtained film was stretched at 147 ° C in the same manner as in Example 8 to a width of -88 to 200838917, and the first axis was extended to 2.3 times. The maximum stress during extension is 3 kSf/cm2. The film thickness of the obtained film was 8 3 μm, and the phase difference (Re) was measured to obtain Re450 = 98 nm, Re5 5 0 2 104 nm, and Re650 = 1 08 nm. Also, the NZ coefficient is 1.38. The results are shown in Table 1. [Examples 10 and 1 1] The styrene-based copolymer 7A before the solvent removal obtained in Production Example 7 and the norbornene-based resin 5B before the solvent removal obtained in Production Example 15 were 6/14 by weight ( The ratios of Examples 10) and 9/1 1 (Example 1 1 ) were adjusted and the solid content was adjusted to 20%. Each polymer solution was filtered through a 0.2 μηι pore size PTFE filter. Thereafter, the solvent was removed under the conditions of 260 ° C and 1.0 Otor, and passed through a 5 μηη filter to obtain Blend resin particles. Example 1 The graph in the Tg measurement of ruthenium is shown in Fig. 7, and the graph in the Tg measurement of Example 1 is shown in Fig. 8. Both of the Tg from the individual polymers disappeared, and a single peak was confirmed, and it was judged that the styrene-based copolymer 7 A and the norbornene-based resin 5 B were all dissolved in any of the compositions. The Tg in Example 10 was 128 ° C, and the Tg in Example 11 was 124. Hey. The composition of Example 1 was formed into a film in a melt extrusion apparatus having a polymer filter of 5 μm, and the film was formed at a speed of 10 μm/min at 260 ° C. The subsequent pressure difference is a film having a lower film thickness of 2 MPa, a width of 500 mm, and a film thickness of 250 μm. It is a relatively small coloring transparent film of ΗΑΖΕ = 0.33 and ΥΙ = 0·3. From the individual peaks of the Tg of 2 2 8 ° C of the film, it was judged that the styrene-based copolymer 7 a and the ice-89-200838917 olefinic resin 5B were not separated after the film formation. The film was cut out to 10 cm x 10 cm, and the width in the lateral direction was maintained at a constant i 〇 cm for wide extension. Extension conditions. Extension temperature = 1 3 3 C (T g + 5 °C), elongation speed = 300 mm/min, and stretching ratio in the longitudinal direction = 3.0 times. After stretching, the film thickness = 80 μπι. The phase difference between 5 5 0 nm and 650 nm is 140 nm, 145 nm, and the phase difference ratio (wavelength dispersion) of 65 0 nm to 5 50 nm (wavelength dispersion) = 1.036. The birefringence at 550 nm and 650 nm is caused by phase difference/film Calculated by thickness, each is 0.001 75,0·00181. Also, the NZ coefficient is 1.025. The result is a watch! Shown. Further, the composition of Example 11 was molded into a molded article having a thickness of 3 mm at 28 ° C using an injection molding machine. The phase difference of the molded article is a very small number of 2 nm, and the low birefringence, YI II. 7 and coloring are also small. [Example 12] The styrene-based copolymer 10A synthesized in Production Example 10 and the norbornene-based resin 5B before desolvation obtained in Production Example 15 were prepared and adjusted at a ratio of 6 g/14 g. Filming was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain a film having a thickness of 190 μm and Haze = 〇·3. The results are shown in Table i. [Comparative Example 1] A substituted film of a mixture of -90-200838917 of the polymer 1B obtained in Production Example i was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the substituted polymer 1A was made of PS Japan. As a result, a transparent film could not be obtained regardless of whether or not a solvent was used. Further, after the evaluation of the compatibility under heating, phase separation of the island structure at 280 °C was observed. The results are shown in Table 2. [Comparative Example 2] Polymer 1 B obtained in Production Example 1 was used in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the substituted polymer 1 A was used as a maleic anhydride/styrene copolymer (DYLARK232) manufactured by N 〇 vachemica 1 s. Casting of the mixture into a film. As a result, when dichloromethane was used as the solvent, a transparent film could not be obtained. On the other hand, when toluene is used as a solvent, a transparent film can be obtained, but the drying speed is very slow and it cannot be used in industrial production. Further, the compatibility of the cast film obtained by using toluene was evaluated for the compatibility under heating, and microphase separation at 280 ° C was observed. Further, it was examined by melt-kneading using a two-axis extruder, and it was found that only white turbid particles at 290 ° C were obtained. The results are shown in Table 2. [Comparative Example 3] A polymer was synthesized in the same manner as in Production Example i except that p-isopropenylphenol was used instead of styrene acetate. The molecular weight of the obtained polymer was Mw = 20,000 (Mw/Mn = 2.2), and the reaction rate was 57%. When the obtained polymer was cast into a film of a mixture of the polymer obtained in Production Example 5, the film strength was low, and the degree of characteristic evaluation could not be achieved. The results are shown in Table 2, 0 - 91 - 200838917 [Comparative Example 4] The polymer 1B 2 〇g obtained in Production Example 11 was cast into a film in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain a thickness of 140 μΠ1, HaZe=〇·3. The film obtained by the film 与 was similar to that of Example 1 and was extended to 2 times at the free end 1 axis of 1771. The maximum stress during extension is 40 kgf/cm2. The film thickness of the obtained film was 100 μm, and the phase difference (Re) was measured to obtain Re45 〇 = 396 nm, Re550 = 388 nm, and Re6 5 0 = 3 84 nm. Also, the NZ coefficient is 1. The results are shown in Table 2.

-92- 200838917-92- 200838917

mi 實施例12 丨 10A I C g 1 1 1 ο 〇 CQ JQ CN 〇 m d 〇 ro 〇 00 ; 蓮 m 狃 皿 00 ra 00 &lt;Ν ο m 1.157 1.042 — S Γ^| OS OO ON 卜 實施例10 &lt; 1 98% η On 7.84 藤 0,16 1 1 ffl νΊ JO (Ν 〇 ro Ο 〇 m c&gt; oo CN — 寬約束-軸 ΓΟ ΓΛ m m 2 〇 1.036 «Ο &lt;N| 250 g f-H 00 實施例9 ON QS All 00 14-9 o 1 1 CQ 兮 as 00 一 ο m m 5〇 m d 〇 ro 〇 142 寬約束-軸 m &lt;Ν VO 们 00 ON g s 1.038 00 rn ON 00 m 00 卜 實施例8 1 299% in DO 14.9 1 o 1 1 PQ as 00 ο in m 2 m d 〇 m 〇 o 寬約束-軸 JO r4 CNI m \〇 00 On On o\ 1.042 g 1—H 卜 oo 實施例7 1 ^99% 00 14.9 I o 1 1 ON oo ο Ό ro 2 m d 〇 rn 〇 o S m 狃 皿 oo (N v〇 ON ON f—^ OO OS i—l 1.063 m ON oo VO 實施例6 1 ^99% ό 00 14.9 I o 1 1 m m ο 们 ro m o 〇 m 〇 卜 cn 白由端-軸 Os »n m 00 00 On 〇 (N 1.052 1—&lt; (N ON - 2 卜 實施例5 1 50% § 1 1 1 PQ o m m d 〇 m 〇 ό rn _端-軸 JO r-H &lt;N O \o OO g ON v£) 1.047 v〇 卜 實施例4 &lt; 1 ^99% 00 14.9 o 1 1 1 PQ ro ο m 2 m 〇 〇 m 〇 卜 ro 白由端·軸 QJ On On oo \D oo (N Os 1.070 vo 2 00 實施例3 1 98% oo 14.7 m 〇 1 1 1 PQ (N o\ 对 m S ro 〇 〇 m 〇 in CN 白由端-軸 m CN s § m ON 〇\ OS 1.238 1 »ri VO o 〇 ON O oo 實施例2 1 67% | 98.5 o 1 1 1 PQ o m S CO d 〇 芝 白由端-軸 (N 00 'sD v〇 ^s〇 00 VO 1.097 | 1.030 ON U^&gt; ^Ti 實施例1 &lt; 1 ^99% ON Os o 雇 , 1 2 o m S m 〇 〇 m O 2; 白由端··軸 CN m CM 寸 〇\ 寸 CN as 1.057 JO to 卜 嵌 m hO 擀 ο 旦 讲 m 3έ 1 苯乙烯 羥苯乙烯 线 hO 擀 κι Q« 擀 祕 卜 裝 K 嘟 cu 丙烯酸甲酯 降冰片烯系聚合物 cd cd (Μ cd cn ! I &lt;n K) 擀 嵌 &lt;〇 裝 盤 1 澆鑄薄膜Haze | m 要囚 丑~s 豪激 锲職 迄 m 激 B u Ϊ cd in: iFtV^ N P 延伸方法 P fe( m 埂 Μ 1 延伸倍率(倍) 1 C^S o to ㈣ -K 寸 &lt;D c &lt;D c v〇 f Re 650 / Re 450 | Re 650 / Re 550 NZ係數 延伸前膜厚 延伸後膜厚 .目 〇 3 Ph C' Wi m m 就 窜 φ 岛 itt m ε It ο .Ί 聚合物 組成 (mol%) 注入 組成 (wt%) 聚合物 組成 (i)糊妇要·ΝΦΙΧ¥-®:Χ)^ -93- 200838917Mi Example 12 丨10A IC g 1 1 1 ο 〇CQ JQ CN 〇md 〇ro 〇00 ; Lotus m 00 00 ra 00 &lt;Ν ο m 1.157 1.042 — S Γ^| OS OO ON Example 10 &lt 1 98% η On 7.84 藤0,16 1 1 ffl νΊ JO (Ν 〇ro Ο 〇m c&gt; oo CN—width constraint-axis ΓΟ mm 2 〇1.036 «Ο &lt;N| 250 g fH 00 Example 9 ON QS All 00 14-9 o 1 1 CQ 兮as 00 a ο mm 5〇md 〇ro 〇142 Width Constraint-Axis m &lt;Ν VO 00 ON gs 1.038 00 rn ON 00 m 00 Example 8 1 299% in DO 14.9 1 o 1 1 PQ as 00 ο in m 2 md 〇m 〇o Wide constraint - axis JO r4 CNI m \〇00 On On o\ 1.042 g 1—H oo Example 7 1 ^99% 00 14.9 I o 1 1 ON oo ο Ό ro 2 md 〇rn 〇o S m oo oo (N v〇ON ON f—^ OO OS i-l 1.063 m ON oo VO Example 6 1 ^99% ό 00 14.9 I o 1 1 mm ο ro ro mo 〇m cn cn white by end-axis Os » nm 00 00 On 〇 (N 1.052 1 - &lt; (N ON - 2 卜 Example 5 1 50% § 1 1 1 PQ ommd 〇m 〇ό rn _end-axis JO rH &lt;NO \o OO g O N v£) 1.047 v〇Example 4 &lt; 1 ^99% 00 14.9 o 1 1 1 PQ ro ο m 2 m 〇〇m 〇 ro ro white by the end · axis QJ On On oo \D oo (N Os 1.070 vo 2 00 Example 3 1 98% oo 14.7 m 〇1 1 1 PQ (N o\ to m S ro 〇〇m 〇in CN white by end-axis m CN s § m ON 〇\ OS 1.238 1 »ri VO o 〇 ON O oo Example 2 1 67% | 98.5 o 1 1 1 PQ om S CO d 〇芝白由端-axis (N 00 'sD v〇^s〇00 VO 1.097 | 1.030 ON U^&gt; ^Ti Example 1 &lt; 1 ^99% ON Os o Employment, 1 2 om S m 〇〇m O 2; White from the end · · axis CN m CM inch 〇 \ inch CN as 1.057 JO to Bu embedded m hO 擀ο speak m 3έ 1 styrene hydroxystyrene line hO 擀κι Q« 擀秘布装 K dou mc methyl acrylate norbornene polymer cd cd (Μ cd cn ! I &lt;n K) & &&lt; 〇装盘1 Casting film Haze | m To prison ugly~s 豪 锲 迄 迄 u u u cd in: iFtV^ NP extension method P fe( m 埂Μ 1 extension ratio (times) 1 C^S o to (4) -K inch &lt;D c &lt;D cv〇f Re 650 / Re 450 | Re 650 / Re 550 NZ coefficient extension Film thickness after extension of the film thickness. Mesh 3 Ph C' Wi mm on 窜φ island itt m ε It ο .Ί Polymer composition (mol%) Injection composition (wt%) Polymer composition (i) ΝΦΙΧ¥-®:Χ)^ -93- 200838917

寸 m ΛΛ 凝 1 圓 I 藤 2 〇 〇 rn 〇 1 ο v〇 患 m 杻 皿 ^—4 CN O 396 388 384 0.97 ο ο cn 鎰 ΛΛ Κ] 擀 i 裝 K 瞰 α I 1 1 2 wn m κη ν〇 d X I 1 無法評估 (N 鎰 褰 Κ1 t m. m 崎 § 1 1 I 2 in m cn Ο X § I 無法評估 一 鎰 毅 K] 擀 〇 1 1 1 2 m VO Φ nn -Κτ· 1 爾 Φ 要 無法評估 4π 栽 Κ] 擀 | m K3 浒 K) 擀 翻 叢 K] 浒 m K] ά 叢 Ν3 擗 嫲 ά 蒙 Ε: € &amp;- 叢 Κ &lt;π 栽 盤 cS r-H 03 cn ? I &lt;n 叢 r〇 擀 1 I &lt;Π 盤 s cd X m 猶 n 鲽 钽 l 娜 g激 锲驢 mM *w 0 迄 m 謙 *3 m s cd I m /—S P 垠 录 m /^-Ν Ρ si ¢- i if m &quot;s % R m 4&lt; /^s 寸 a ν_^ ^Τ) α&gt; /^\ G κη νο Re 650/Re 450 Re 650/Re 550 Μ Ν 職 m e * ft m 輕 m /^s to Pi |X( cr, 饌 紧 ft m ί ο 聚合物 組成 (mol%) 注入 ΐ且成 (wt°/o) 1且合成物 (mu )Mtj^rNfr 5¾¾¾ : (χ)1α&gt;Ή -94- 200838917 [實施例13] 製造例7所得之樹脂顆粒7 A 5 kg中,加入製造例1 5 所得之聚合物5B 3 kg、肆[伸甲基-3- ( 3,5·二-t-丁基-4· 羥基苯基)丙酸酯]甲烷9g、及甲苯7 kg並混合均勻。將 該摻合樹脂溶液使用50 ιηιηφ (L/D=13.2)之二軸壓出 機,於28 0°C、2 0 mmHg下進行脫溶劑並使其顆粒化,得 到樹脂顆粒1。分析所得之顆粒1的結果爲,YI = 1 . 1、 Mw = 132,000、Mw/Mn = 2.96、Tg 二 136°C、殘留甲苯= 1 00 0 ppm。又,所得之樹脂顆粒1中的不溶物之有無及溶 液過濾性的評估結果如表3所示。 [實施例14] 取代樹脂顆粒7A使用製造例8所得之樹脂顆粒8A 以外,與實施例1 3同樣地調製出樹脂溶液。將該摻合樹 脂溶液使用 50 mm φ ( L/D = 13.2 )之二軸壓出機,於 2 8 0°C、20 mmHg下進行脫溶劑並使其顆粒化,得到樹脂 顆粒2。分析所得之顆粒2得結果爲,¥1二1.〇、]^〜二 131,000、Mw/Mn= 2.86、Tg= 136°C、殘留甲苯=1000 ppm。又,所得之樹脂顆粒2中的不溶物之有無及溶液過 濾性的評估結果如表3所示。 [實施例15] 實施例1 1中,取代樹脂顆粒7A使用製造例9所得 之樹脂顆粒9A以外,與實施例1同樣下調製出樹脂溶液 -95- 200838917 。將該摻合樹脂溶液使用5〇 mm φ ( L/D = 13.2 )的二軸 壓出機,於280 °C、20 mmHg下進行脫溶劑並使其顆粒化 ,得到樹脂顆粒3。分析所得之顆粒3的結果爲’ γΐ = 5 · 6 、Mw= 1 5075 1、Mw/Mn= 3_ 66、Tg=U9°C、殘留甲苯二 2 8 90 ppm。又,所得之樹脂顆粒3中的不溶物有無及溶液 過濾性之評估結果如表3所示。 [表3] 製造例7 製造例8 實施例13 實施例14 製造例9 實施例15 苯乙烯系聚合物 7Α 8A ΙΑ 2A 9A 3A 降ί水片烯系聚合物 • - 5Β 5B 齡 5B 不溶物之有無 A A A A B B 溶液濾過性 A A A A B A ΥΙ 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.0 5.8 5.6 產業上可利用性 本發明的樹脂組成物具有優良相溶性的同時具有透明 性,加熱時亦不容易產生著色,且可含有高分子量之苯乙 烯系共聚合物的樹脂組成物。本發明的樹脂組成物可是用 於各種光學材料之成形用途上,因製膜性優良,特別適用 於光學薄膜用途上,而可得到強度優良的光學薄膜。又, 自本發明的樹脂組成物所得之光學薄膜延伸時,隨著入射 光波長成爲長波長而增大相位差,可表現所謂的逆波長分 散性,而可使用於各種液晶顯示裝置或偏光板等。又,藉 由控制苯乙烯系共聚合物(A )與降冰片烯系聚合物(b )之組成比,可容易地控制相位差尺寸或波長分散性,故 -96- 200838917 亦可使用於被要求低複折射性之光學零件等。 【圖式簡單說明】 [圖1]圖1表示合成例1所得之苯乙烯系聚合物(1A )的IR光譜。 [圖2]圖2表示合成例1所得之苯乙烯系聚合物(ία )的13C-NMR光譜。 [圖3 ]圖3表不合成例4所得之苯乙嫌系聚合物(4 A )的IR光譜。 [圖4]圖4表示合成例4所得之苯乙烯系聚合物(4A )的13C-NMR光譜。 [圖5]圖5表示合成例5所得之苯乙烯系聚合物(5A )的IR光譜。 [圖6]圖6表示合成例5所得之苯乙烯系聚合物(5A )的13C-NMR光譜。 [圖7]圖7表示實施例1〇所得之Blend樹脂的Tg測 定之圖表。 [圖8]圖8表示實施例1 1所得之Blend樹脂的Tg測 定之圖表。 -97-Inch m ΛΛ 凝 1 round I vine 2 〇〇rn 〇 1 ο v〇 suffering m 杻 dish ^—4 CN O 396 388 384 0.97 ο ο cn 镒ΛΛ Κ] 擀i loading K α α I 1 1 2 wn m κη 〇〇d XI 1 cannot be evaluated (N 镒褰Κ1 t m. m § 1 1 I 2 in m cn Ο X § I cannot evaluate a 镒K] 擀〇1 1 1 2 m VO Φ nn -Κτ· 1 Φ Φ can not be evaluated 4π Κ Κ m m m m m m m m ) ) ) ) ) ) K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K € € € € € € € € € € € € € € € € € € € € € € € € € € € I &lt;n clump r〇擀1 I &lt;Π disk s cd X m 犹 n 鲽钽l 娜 g 锲驴 * *w 0 至 m 谦 *3 ms cd I m /—SP m m /^- Ν Ρ si ¢- i if m &quot;s % R m 4&lt; /^s inch a ν_^ ^Τ) α&gt; /^\ G κη νο Re 650/Re 450 Re 650/Re 550 Μ Ν job me * ft m light m /^s to Pi |X( cr, ft ft m ί ο polymer composition (mol%) injected into ΐ and into (wt ° / o) 1 and the composition (mu ) Mtj ^ rNfr 53⁄43⁄43⁄4 : (χ 1α&gt;Ή-94- 200838917 [Example 13] In the resin pellet 7 A 5 kg obtained in Production Example 7, a production example was added. 1 5 The obtained polymer 5B 3 kg, 肆[methyl-3-(3,5·di-t-butyl-4.hydroxyphenyl)propionate]methane 9g, and toluene 7 kg and mixed evenly The blended resin solution was desolvated and granulated at 28 ° C, 20 mmHg using a two-axis extruder at 50 °ηηηφ (L/D = 13.2) to obtain resin pellet 1. The result of the particle 1 was YI = 1.1, Mw = 132,000, Mw/Mn = 2.96, Tg of 136 ° C, and residual toluene = 100 ppm. Further, the presence or absence of insoluble matter in the obtained resin particle 1 The results of the evaluation of the filterability of the solution are shown in Table 3. [Example 14] A resin solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example 13 except that the resin particles 8A obtained in Production Example 8 were used instead of the resin particles 7A. The blended resin solution was desolvated and granulated at 280 ° C, 20 mmHg using a biaxial extruder of 50 mm φ (L/D = 13.2) to obtain Resin Particles 2. The particles 2 obtained by the analysis were obtained as follows: ¥1,1,1,2,2, 13,1,000, Mw/Mn = 2.86, Tg = 136 ° C, and residual toluene = 1000 ppm. Further, the results of evaluation of the presence or absence of insolubles in the obtained resin pellets 2 and the filtration properties of the solution are shown in Table 3. [Example 15] In Example 1 except that the resin particles 9A obtained in Production Example 9 were used instead of the resin particles 7A, a resin solution -95-200838917 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1. The blended resin solution was desolvated and granulated at 280 ° C, 20 mmHg using a biaxial extruder of 5 〇 mm φ (L/D = 13.2) to obtain resin pellets 3. The results of the analysis of the obtained particles 3 were 'γ ΐ = 5 · 6 , Mw = 1 5075 1 , Mw / Mn = 3 - 66, Tg = U 9 ° C, and residual toluene 2 2 90 90 ppm. Further, the evaluation results of the insoluble matter in the obtained resin pellet 3 and the solution filtration property are shown in Table 3. [Production Example 7] Production Example 8 Example 13 Example 14 Production Example 9 Example 15 Styrene-based polymer 7Α 8A ΙΑ 2A 9A 3A Reduced water-borne olefinic polymer• - 5Β 5B Age 5B insoluble matter Whether or not AAAABB solution is filtered AAAABA ΥΙ 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.0 5.8 5.6 Industrial Applicability The resin composition of the present invention has excellent compatibility and transparency, is not easily colored when heated, and may contain high molecular weight styrene. A resin composition of a copolymer. The resin composition of the present invention can be used for molding various optical materials, and is excellent in film formability, and is particularly suitable for use in an optical film, and an optical film excellent in strength can be obtained. Moreover, when the optical film obtained from the resin composition of the present invention is extended, the phase difference is increased as the wavelength of the incident light becomes a long wavelength, and the so-called reverse wavelength dispersion property can be expressed, and it can be used for various liquid crystal display devices or polarizing plates. Wait. Further, by controlling the composition ratio of the styrene-based copolymer (A) and the norbornene-based polymer (b), the phase difference size or the wavelength dispersion can be easily controlled, so that -96-200838917 can also be used for being Optical parts requiring low birefringence, etc. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS [Fig. 1] Fig. 1 shows an IR spectrum of a styrene-based polymer (1A) obtained in Synthesis Example 1. 2] Fig. 2 shows a 13 C-NMR spectrum of a styrene-based polymer (ία ) obtained in Synthesis Example 1. [Fig. 3] Fig. 3 shows an IR spectrum of the styrene-based polymer (4A) obtained in Synthesis Example 4. 4] Fig. 4 shows a 13C-NMR spectrum of the styrene-based polymer (4A) obtained in Synthesis Example 4. Fig. 5 shows an IR spectrum of a styrene-based polymer (5A) obtained in Synthesis Example 5. Fig. 6 shows a 13C-NMR spectrum of the styrene-based polymer (5A) obtained in Synthesis Example 5. Fig. 7 is a graph showing the Tg measurement of the Blend resin obtained in Example 1. Fig. 8 is a graph showing the Tg measurement of the Blend resin obtained in Example 11. -97-

Claims (1)

200838917 十、申請專利範圍 1.一種樹脂組成物,其特徵爲含有 (A) 具有下述式(1)所示結構單位(1)及下述式 (2 )所示結構單位(2 ),該結構單位(2 )之含有率爲 王結構卓位1〇〇 mol %中〇·ι〜5〇 mol %之苯乙烯系赴取八 物、與 (B) 降冰片烯系聚合物; [化1] R200838917 X. Patent Application No. 1. A resin composition comprising (A) a structural unit (1) represented by the following formula (1) and a structural unit (2) represented by the following formula (2), The structural unit (2) is the content of the king structure, 1 〇〇 mol %, ι ι 〜 5 〇 mol % of the styrene system to take the eight substances, and (B) norbornene-based polymer; ] R (式(1)及式(2)中,R表示氫原子或甲基;式(2) 中,RG表示氫原子;鹵素原子;可具有含有氧原子、硫 原子、氮原子、或矽原子之連結基的取代或非取代之碳數 1〜3 0的烴基;或極性基)。 2·如申請專利範圍第1項之樹脂組成物,其中該苯乙 烯系共聚合物(A )以凝膠滲透層析儀(GPC )所測定的 重量平均分子量Mw爲30,0 00〜1,000,000。 3 .如申請專利範圍第1項之樹脂組成物,其中該苯乙 烯系共聚合物(A )使用色測計所測定之1 0重量%甲苯溶 -98- 200838917 液的黃色度(YI)爲5.0以下。 4·如申請專利範圍第1項之樹脂組成物,其中該苯乙 烯系共聚合物(Α)係由包含將苯乙烯及/或α-甲基苯乙 烯、與下述式(4)所示單體(4)經聚合反應後,將來自 單體(4)之結構單位中的-OR1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11基轉變爲-ΟΗ基之步驟的 方法所得;(In the formulae (1) and (2), R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; in the formula (2), RG represents a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; may have an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, or a halogen atom; a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 30; or a polar group). 2. The resin composition of claim 1, wherein the styrene-based copolymer (A) has a weight average molecular weight Mw of 30, 00 〜1 as measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC). 000,000. 3. The resin composition of claim 1, wherein the styrene-based copolymer (A) has a yellowness (YI) of 10% by weight of toluene-98-200838917 as measured by a colorimeter. 5.0 or less. 4. The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the styrene-based copolymer (Α) comprises styrene and/or α-methylstyrene, and is represented by the following formula (4) After the polymerization of the monomer (4), the step of converting the -OR1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 group into the - mercapto group in the structural unit of the monomer (4); -99 - 1 2 (式(4)中,R表示氫原子或甲基,RG表示氫原子;鹵 3 素原子;可具有含有氧原子、硫原子、氮原子、或砂原子 4 之連結基的取代或非取代之碳數1〜3 〇的烴基;或極性基 5 ;R11表示乙醯基、t-丁基、t-丁氧基羰基、-ch(or15)(r16) 6 、或- SiR153所示基中任一;R15及R16各獨立表示碳數1 7 〜6的烷基,R15與R16、或1115彼此可互相結合而形成碳 8 數2〜1 2之雜環)。 9 5.如申請專利範圍第4項之樹脂組成物,其中該苯乙 10 烯系共聚合物(A )係由包含將該來自單體(4 )之結構 11 單位中的- OR11基轉變爲-OH基之步驟於酸存在下進行後 200838917 ,添加鹼性物質與系統內之酸進行反應的步 者。 6.如申請專利範圍第1項之樹脂組成物 片烯系聚合物(B)係具有由下述式(6)戶j 所衍生的結構單位之(共)聚合物; 驟之方法所得 ,其中該降冰 ί示單體(6)-99 - 1 2 (In the formula (4), R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, RG represents a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; and may have a linking group containing an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sand atom 4. a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms; or a polar group 5; R11 represents an ethyl group, a t-butyl group, a t-butoxycarbonyl group, a -ch(or15)(r16)6, or a - SiR153 Any one of the groups shown; R15 and R16 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and R15 and R16, or 1115 may be bonded to each other to form a heterocyclic ring having 2 to 12 carbon atoms. 9. The resin composition of claim 4, wherein the styrene-based 10 olefinic copolymer (A) is formed by converting the -OR11 group in the unit 11 of the structure from the monomer (4) The step of -OH group is carried out in the presence of an acid after 200838917, adding a basic substance to the step of reacting with the acid in the system. 6. The resin composition of the first aspect of the invention is a resin composition (B) having a structural unit derived from the following formula (6), wherein the (co)polymer is obtained by a method, wherein The ice drop 单体 monomer (6) (式(6)中,a及b爲獨立表示〇或i,c 示 〇 〜2 之整數;R4、R5、R6、r?、R8、r R12、及R13各獨立表示氫原子;鹵素原子 氧原子、硫原子、氮原子、或砂原子之連結 取代之碳數1〜30的烴基;或極性基; 與R13成一體化而可形成2價烴基,Rio或 R13爲可互相結合形成碳環或雜環(這些碳 及d爲獨立表 9、R10、R1 1、 ;可具有含有 基的取代或非 舆 R11、或 R12 R11與R12或 環或雜環亦可 -100- 200838917 爲單環結構、或其他環亦可經縮合後形成多環結構))。 7 ·如申請專利範圍第1項之樹脂組成物,其中該降冰 片烯系聚合物(B )爲具有下述式(i )所示結構單位之( 共)聚合物;(In the formula (6), a and b are independently represented by 〇 or i, and c is an integer of 〇~2; and R4, R5, R6, r?, R8, r R12, and R13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom; a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms substituted by a bond of an atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sand atom; or a polar group; may form a divalent hydrocarbon group by being integrated with R13, and Rio or R13 may be bonded to each other to form a carbocyclic ring or Heterocycle (these carbons and d are independently Table 9, R10, R1 1 ; may have a substituent or a non-R11, or R12 R11 and R12 or a ring or a heterocyclic ring may be -100-200838917 as a single ring structure, Or other rings may also be condensed to form a polycyclic structure)). 7. The resin composition of claim 1, wherein the norbornene-based polymer (B) is a (co)polymer having a structural unit represented by the following formula (i); (式(i)中,A1〜A4各獨立表示氫原子;鹵素原子;可 具有含有氧原子、硫原子、氮原子或矽原子之連結基的取 代或非取代之碳原子數1〜3 0的烴基;或極性基,A 1〜A4 至少1個爲-(CH2)nCOOA5所示基(A5爲可具有包含氧原 子、硫原子、氮原子或矽原子之連結基的取代或非取代之 碳數1〜30的烴基),n爲0或1〜5之整數)。 8 ·如申請專利範圍第7項之樹脂組成物,其中該降冰 片烯系聚合物(B )爲降冰片烯系聚合物(B )的全結構 單位100 mol%中具有1〇〜70 mol%之該式(i)所示結構 單位者。 9 ·如申請專利範圍第1項之樹脂組成物,其中該苯乙 烯系共聚合物(A )與該降冰片烯系聚合物(B )之組成 比((A ) / ( B ))以重量比而言爲 5/95〜70/30之範圍 -101 - 200838917 ΐ〇·—種成形體,其特徵係以如申請專利範圍第1項 之樹脂組成物作爲主成分者。 1 1 ·如申請專利範圍第1 0項之成形體,其爲藉由熔融 壓出成形所得者。 12·—種光學薄膜,其特徵爲係以如申請專利範圍第1 項之樹脂組成物作爲主成分者。 1 3 ·如申請專利範圍第1 2項之光學薄膜,其係由澆鑄 法而製膜所得者。 14.如申請專利範圍第12項之光學薄膜,其係由壓出 法而製膜所得者。 1 5 · —種延伸薄膜,其特徵爲將如申請專利範圍第i 2 項之光學薄膜經加熱延伸所得。 1 6 · —種偏光板,其特徵爲含有如申請專利範圍第i 2 項之光學薄膜。 1 7 · —種液晶顯示裝置,其特徵爲含有如申請專利範 圍第12項之光學薄膜。 -102-(In the formula (i), A1 to A4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; and a substituted or unsubstituted carbon atom having a linking group containing an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom or a ruthenium atom; a hydrocarbon group; or a polar group, at least one of A 1 to A4 is a group represented by -(CH 2 ) nCOOA 5 (A 5 is a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number which may have a linking group containing an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom or a halogen atom; 1 to 30 of a hydrocarbon group), n is 0 or an integer of 1 to 5). 8. The resin composition of claim 7, wherein the norbornene-based polymer (B) has a total structural unit of 100% by mole of the norbornene-based polymer (B) of from 1 to 70 mol%. The structural unit shown in the formula (i). 9. The resin composition of claim 1, wherein the composition ratio of the styrene-based copolymer (A) to the norbornene-based polymer (B) ((A) / (B)) is by weight The ratio is in the range of 5/95 to 70/30 -101 - 200838917. The molded article is characterized in that the resin composition of the first aspect of the patent application is the main component. 1 1 . The molded article of claim 10, which is obtained by melt extrusion molding. An optical film characterized by using a resin composition as in the first aspect of the patent application as a main component. 1 3 . The optical film of claim 12, which is obtained by a casting method. 14. The optical film of claim 12, which is obtained by extrusion. An extended film obtained by subjecting an optical film of item i 2 of the patent application to a heat extension. A polarizing plate characterized by containing an optical film as in item i 2 of the patent application. A liquid crystal display device characterized by containing an optical film as in item 12 of the patent application. -102-
TW96146307A 2006-12-05 2007-12-05 Resin composition and use thereof TW200838917A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006328250 2006-12-05
JP2007047941 2007-02-27
JP2007079670A JP2008163287A (en) 2006-12-05 2007-03-26 Resin composition and optical film and manufacturing method of it and its applications

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200838917A true TW200838917A (en) 2008-10-01

Family

ID=44820676

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW96146307A TW200838917A (en) 2006-12-05 2007-12-05 Resin composition and use thereof

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TW200838917A (en)

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR101245446B1 (en) Thermoplastic resin composition, optical film and oriented film
TWI379861B (en)
JP5407108B2 (en) Thermoplastic resin composition, optical film and film manufacturing method
KR20080037537A (en) Optical film, method of making the optical film, retardation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal panel
JP2008163287A (en) Resin composition and optical film and manufacturing method of it and its applications
JP2007112935A (en) Light diffusing resin composition, molding and light guide body
JP2006188671A (en) Film for use in optics and use thereof
KR20070111460A (en) Thermoplastic resin composition and optical films made therefrom
KR100744290B1 (en) Process for producing cycloolefin resin film or sheet
TW200829631A (en) Method for producing retardation film, retardation film and its use
TWI425024B (en) A retardation film, a method for manufacturing the same, and a polarizing plate
JP4984762B2 (en) Light diffusing resin composition, molded product thereof and light guide
KR20090095638A (en) Resin composition and use thereof
JP2001350017A (en) Optical retardation film
JP5050730B2 (en) Manufacturing method of resin composition molded body
TW200936671A (en) Injection molded body and polymer composition
TW200838917A (en) Resin composition and use thereof
TW200815510A (en) Optical film, method of manufacturing the same, polarizer, and liquid crystal panel
JP2008239957A (en) Resin composition and its use
WO2017170175A1 (en) Multilayer optical film and method for producing same
TW200815511A (en) Manufacturing process of optical film and optical film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal panel
TWI533015B (en) An optical component formed by injection molding and an optical component forming resin composition formed by injection molding
US8735501B2 (en) Composition, method for manufacturing the same, optical element, lens
KR101477554B1 (en) Liquid crystal panel and optical film set for liquid crystal panel
JP2009096815A (en) Resin composition